NZ739883B2 - 5-ht2c receptor agonists and compositions and methods of use - Google Patents

Abstract

The present invention relates to fused azepine derivatives which modulate the activity of the 5-HT2C receptor. These derivatives are useful in weight management, inducing satiety, and decreasing food intake, and for preventing and treating obesity, antipsychotic-induced weight gain and type 2 diabetes.” tes.”

Description

-HT2C RECEPTOR AGONISTS AND COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE Obesity is a life-threatening er in which there is an increased risk of morbidity and mortality arising from itant diseases such as type II diabetes, hypertension, stroke, cancer, and adder disease.

Obesity is now a major healthcare issue in the Western World and increasingly in some third world countries. The se in numbers of obese people is due largely to the sing preference for high fat content foods but also the decrease in activity in most people’s lives. Currently about 30% of the tion of the USA is now considered obese.

Whether someone is classified as overweight or obese is generally determined on the basis of their body mass index (BMI) which is calculated by dividing body weight (kg) by height squared (m2).

Thus, the units of BMI are kg/m2 and it is possible to ate the BMI range associated with m mortality in each decade of life. Overweight is defined as a BMI in the range 25-30 kg/m2, and y as a BMI greater than 30 kg/m2 (see table below).

Classification Of Weight By Body Mass Index (BMI) BMI CLASSIFICATION < 18.5 Underweight 18.5-24.9 Normal 250-299 Overweight .0-34.9 Obesity (Class I) 350-399 Obesity (Class II) 2 40 Extreme Obesity (Class III) As the BMI increases there is an increased risk of death from a variety of causes that are independent of other risk factors. The most common diseases associated with obesity are cardiovascular disease (particularly hypertension), diabetes (obesity aggravates the development of diabetes), gall bladder disease (particularly ) and diseases of reproduction. The strength of the link between obesity and specific conditions varies. One of the strongest is the link with type 2 diabetes. Excess body fat underlies 64% of cases of diabetes in men and 77% of cases in women (Seidell, Semin Vasc Med :3-14 (2005)). Research has shown that even a modest reduction in body weight can correspond to a significant reduction in the risk of developing coronary heart disease.

There are problems however with the BMI definition in that it does not take into account the proportion of body mass that is muscle in relation to fat (adipose tissue). To account for this, obesity can also be defined on the basis of body fat content: greater than 25% in males and greater than 30% in females.

Obesity considerably increases the risk of ping cardiovascular diseases as well. Coronary insufficiency, atheromatous e, and cardiac insufficiency are at the forefront of the cardiovascular complications induced by obesity. It is estimated that if the entire population had an ideal weight, the risk of coronary insufficiency would decrease by 25% and the risk of cardiac iciency and of cerebral vascular nts would decrease by 35%. The incidence of coronary diseases is doubled in subjects less than 50 years of age who are 30% ight. The es patient faces a 30% reduced lifespan. After age 45, people with diabetes are about three times more likely than people without diabetes to have significant heart disease and up to five times more likely to have a stroke. These findings emphasize the inter-relations between risks factors for diabetes and coronary heart disease and the potential value of an integrated approach to the prevention of these ions based on the prevention of obesity (Perry, I. J., et al., BMJ 310, 560-564 (1995)). es has also been implicated in the development of kidney disease, eye diseases and nervous system problems. Kidney disease, also called nephropathy, occurs when the kidney’s “filter mechanism” is d and protein leaks into urine in ive amounts and ally the kidney fails. Diabetes is also a g cause of damage to the retina at the back of the eye and increases risk of cataracts and glaucoma. Finally, diabetes is associated with nerve , especially in the legs and feet, which interferes with the ability to sense pain and contributes to s infections. Taken together, diabetes cations are one of the nation’s g causes of death.

The first line of treatment is to offer diet and life style advice to patients such as reducing the fat content of their diet and increasing their physical activity. However, many patients find this difficult and need additional help from drug therapy to maintain s from these efforts.

Most currently marketed products have been unsuccessful as treatments for obesity because of a lack of efficacy or unacceptable side-effect profiles. The most successful drug so far was the indirectly acting 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-HT) agonist uramine (ReduxTM) but reports of cardiac valve defects in up to one third of patients led to its withdrawal by the FDA in 1998.

In addition, two drugs have been ed in the USA and Europe: orlistat (XenicalTM), a drug that prevents tion of fat by the inhibition of pancreatic lipase, and sibutramine (ReductilTM), a 5- HT/noradrenaline re-uptake inhibitor. However, side effects associated with these products may limit their long-term utility. Treatment with Xenical is reported to induce gastrointestinal distress in some patients, while sibutramine has been associated with raised blood pressure in some patients.

Serotonin (5-HT) neurotransmission plays an important role in numerous physiological processes both in physical and in psychiatric disorders. 5-HT has been ated in the regulation of feeding behavior. 5-HT is believed to work by inducing a feeling of satiety, such that a subject with enhanced 5-HT stops eating earlier and fewer calories are consumed. It has been shown that a stimulatory action of 5-HT on the 5-HT2C receptor plays an important role in the control of eating and in the anti-obesity effect of d-fenfiuramine. As the 5-HT2C receptor is expressed in high density in the brain (notably in the limbic structures, extrapyramidal pathways, thalamus and hypothalamus Le. paraventricular hypothalamic nucleus and dorsomedial hypothalamic nucleus, and predominantly in the choroid plexus) and is expressed in low y or is absent in peripheral tissues, the nds provided herein can be a more effective and safe anti-obesity agent. Also, 5-HT2C knockout mice are overweight with cognitive impairment and susceptibility to seizure. 2016/044426 It is believed that the 5-HT2C receptor may play a role in obsessive compulsive disorder, some forms of depression, and epilepsy. Accordingly, agonists can have anti-panic ties, and properties useful for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.

In sum, the 5-HT2C receptor is a receptor target for the ent of obesity and atric disorders, and it can be seen that there is a need for 5-HT2C agonists which safely decrease food intake and body .

The 5-HT2C receptor is one of 14 distinct nin receptor subtypes. Two receptors that are closely related to the 5-HT2C receptor are the 5-HT2A and 5-HTZB receptors, which share considerable sequence homology. It is believed that activation of central 5-HT2A receptors is a cause for a number of adverse central nervous system effects of nonselective serotonergic drugs including changes in perception and hallucination. Activation of 5-HTZB receptors located in the cardiovascular system is hypothesized to result in the heart valve disease and pulmonary hypertension ated with the use of fenfluramine and a number of other drugs that act via serotonergic isms.

Lorcaserin (disclosed in PCT patent publication /086303) is an agonist of the 5-HT2C receptor and shows effectiveness at reducing obesity in animal models and humans. In December 2009, Arena ceuticals submitted a New Drug Application, or NDA, for lorcaserin to the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The NDA submission is based on an extensive data package from lorcaserin’s clinical development program that includes 18 clinical trials totaling 8,576 patients. The pivotal phase 3 clinical trial program evaluated nearly 7,200 patients treated for up to two years, and showed that lorcaserin tently produced significant weight loss with excellent tolerability. About two-thirds of patients achieved at least 5% weight loss and over ird achieved at least 10% weight loss. On average, patients lost 17 to 18 pounds or about 8% of their weight. Secondary endpoints, including body composition, lipids, cardiovascular risk factors and glycemic parameters improved compared to placebo. In addition, heart rate and blood pressure went down. Lorcaserin did not increase the risk of cardiac valvulopathy. erin improved quality of life, and there was no signal for depression or suicidal ideation. The only adverse event that exceeded the o rate by 5% was generally mild or moderate, transient headache. Based on a normal BMI of 25, patients in the first phase 3 trial lost about one-third of their excess body weight. The average weight loss was 35 pounds or 16% of body weight for the top quartile of patients in the second phase 3 trial.

As a part of the phase 3 clinical trial program, lorcaserin was evaluated in a randomized, placebo-controlled, multi-site, double-blind trial of 604 adults with poorly controlled type 2 es mellitus treated with oral hyperglycemic agents (“BLOOM-DM”). Analysis of the overall study results showed significant weight loss with lorcaserin, measured as proportion of patients achieving Z 5% or Z % weight loss at 1 year, or as mean weight change tes 60, Suppl 1, 2011). erin icantly improved glycemic control in the overall patient tion. Accordingly, in addition to being useful for weight management, lorcaserin is also useful for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.

On June 27, 2012 the FDA provisionally approved lorcaserin (BELVIQ®), contingent upon a final scheduling decision by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), as an adjunct to a reduced- e diet and increased physical activity for chronic weight management in adult patients with an initial body mass index (BMI) of 30 kg/m2 or greater (obese), or 27 kg/m2 or greater (overweight) in the presence of at least one weight related comorbid condition (e.g., hypertension, dyslipidemia, type 2 diabetes). On December 19, 2012 the DEA recommended that lorcaserin should be classified as a schedule 4 drug, having a low risk for abuse. The Office of the Federal Register filed for public inspection DEA’s final rule placing BELVIQ into le 4 of the Controlled Substances Act. The scheduling designation was effective and BELVIQ was launched in the United States on June 7, 2013, days after publication of the DEA’s final rule in the Federal Register.

Tobacco use is the leading cause of preventable s and early death across the globe.

According to the World Health Organization Fact Sheet (July 2013), 50% of all tobacco users die from a tobacco-related illness — this amounts to approximately six million people each year. It is estimated that greater than five million deaths per year result from direct tobacco use, with the remaining deaths resulting from exposure to second-hand smoke (World Health Organization website. Fact Sheet No 339: Tobacco. www.who.int/mediacentre/factsheets/fs339/en/index.html. Updated July 2013. Accessed ber 10, 2013). According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 43.8 million adults in the United States (US) are cigarette smokers. In the US, tobacco use is responsible for one in five deaths each year (World Health zation website. Fact Sheet No 339: Tobacco. www.who.int/mediacentre/factsheets/fs339/en/index.html. Updated July 2013. ed September 10, 2013). Tobacco use is ly related to cardiovascular disease, lung and other cancers, and chronic lower respiratory diseases (chronic bronchitis, emphysema, asthma, and other chronic lower respiratory diseases) h Efiects of Cigarette Smoking. Centers for Disease Prevention website. www. cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/fact_sheets/health_effects/effects_cig_smoking/Accessed September 10, 2013). These have held position as the top three leading causes of death in the US. since 2008, when chronic lower respiratory e replaced cerebrovascular disease, which is also directly associated with tobacco use (Molgaard CA, Bartok A, Peddecord KM, ck J. The association between cerebrovascular disease and smoking: a case-control study. Neuroepidemiology. (2):88-94).

A study which surveyed the smoking behavior of 2138 US smokers over 8 years beginning in 2002 found that approximately one-third of subjects reported making a quit attempt over the previous year, approximately 85% of the original cohort made at least one quit attempt over the survey period, and the e quit rate was 3.8% for the retained cohort. Therefore the vast majority of smokers make quit attempts, but ued abstinence remains difficult to e (Cummings KM, ius ME, Carpenter MJ, et al. Abstract: How Many Smokers Have Tried to Quit? Society for Research on Nicotine and Tobacco. Poster Session 2. March 2013. POS2-65).

Existing smoking cessation ents include CHANTIX (varenicline) and ZYBAN (bupropion SR). r, the prescribing information for both CHANTIX and ZYBAN include black box warnings. The CHANTIX prescribing information carries a warning for serious sychiatric events, to include symptoms of agitation, hostility, depressed mood changes, or or thinking that are not typical for the patient, and suicidal ideation or suicidal behavior (CHANTIX (varenicline) (package insert), New York, NY: Pfizer Labs, Division ofPfizer, Inc. ; 2012). In on, the warning notes that a meta-analysis found cardiovascular events were infrequent, but some were reported more frequently in individuals treated with CHANTIX; the difference was not statistically icant (CHANTIX (varenicline) (package insert), New York, NY: Pfizer Labs, Division ofPfizer, Inc. ; 2012).

The ZYBAN prescribing information includes a r black box warning for s neuropsychiatric events during treatment as well as after discontinuation of treatment (ZYBAN pion hydrochloride) (package insert), Research Triangle Park, NC: GlaxoSmithKline; 2012). Additional warnings include monitoring of individuals using antidepressants as there is an increased risk of suicidal thinking and or in children, adolescents and young adults, and other psychiatric disorders (ZYBAN (bupropion hydrochloride) (package insert), Research Triangle Park, NC: GlaxoSmithKline; 2012).

Further, weight gain is a well-recognized side effect of quitting smoking. Smoking ion leads to weight gain in about 80% of smokers. The average weight gain in the first year after quitting is 4—5 kg, most of which is gained during the first 3 . This amount of weight is typically viewed as a modest inconvenience compared with the health benefits of smoking cessation, but 10—20% of quitters gain more than 10 kg. Furthermore, a third of all subjects stated that they were unable to lose the excess weight after resuming smoking, lending support to the esis that multiple quit attempts lead to cumulative weight gain (Veldheer S, Yingst J, Foulds G, Hrabovsky S, Berg A, Sciamanna C, Foulds J. Once bitten, twice shy: concern about gaining weight after smoking cessation and its association with seeking treatment. Int J Clin Pract. (2014) 68:388-395).

Given these statistics, it is perhaps not surprising that 50% of female smokers and 25% of male s cite fear of post-cessation weight gain (PCWG) as a major barrier to quitting, and imately the same proportion cite weight gain as a cause of relapse in a previous quit attempt (Meyers AW, Klesges RC, Winders SE, Ward KD, Peterson BA, Eck LH. Are weight concerns tive ofsmoking cessation? A ctive analysis. J Consult Clin Psychol. (1997) 65: 448-452; Clark MM, Decker PA, Ofiord KP, Patten CA, Vickers KS, n 1T, Hays JT, Hurt RD, Dale LC. Weight concerns among male smokers. Addict Behav. (2004) 29:1637- 1641; Clark MM, Hurt RD, Croghan 1T, Patten CA, Novotny P, Sloan JA, Dakhil SR, Croghan GA, Wos EJ, Rowland KM, Bernath A, Morton RF, Thomas SP, Tschetter LK, Garneau S, Stella PJ, Ebbert LP, Wender DB, Loprinzi CL. The prevalence of weight concerns in a smoking abstinence clinical trial. Addict Behav. (2006) 31:1144- 1152.; Pomerleau CS, Kurth CL. Willingness offemale smokers to tolerate postcessation weight gain. J Subst Abuse. (1996) 8:3 71-378; Pomerleau CS, Zucker AN, t AJ. Characterizing concerns about post cessation weight gain: results from a national survey ofwomen smokers. Nicotine Tob Res. (2001) 3:51-60). Women, in particular, are reluctant to gain weight while quitting; about 40% state they would resume smoking if they gained any weight at all (Veldheer S, Yingst J, Foulds G, Hrabovsky S, Berg A, nna C, Foulds J. Once bitten, twice shy: n about gaining weight after smoking cessation and its association with seeking treatment. Int J Clin Pract. (2014) 68:388-395; Pomerleau CS, Kurth WO 23679 CL. Willingness offemale smokers to tolerate ssation weight gain. J Subst Abuse (1996) 8:3 71 - 378; Pomerleau CS, Zucker AN, Stewart AJ. Characterizing concerns about post-cessation weight gain: results from a national survey ofwomen smokers. Nicotine Tob Res. (2001) 3:51-60; Tannesen P, Paoletti P, Gustavsson G, Russell MA, Saracci R, Gulsvik A, n B, Sawe U. Higher dosage nicotine patches increase one-year smoking ion rates: resultsfrom the European CEASE trial.

Collaborative European Anti-Smoking Evaluation. European Respiratory Society. Eur Respir J. (1999) 13:238-246).

Light and moderate smokers are generally considered to be more motivated to quit than heavy s, leaving an increasingly high proportion of ‘hard-core’ smokers who are less likely to stop smoking (Hughes JR. The hardening hypothesis: is the ability to quit decreasing due to increasing nicotine dependence? A review and commentary. Drug Alcohol Depend. (2011) 117:111-117). One of the s commonly associated with weight-gain concern (WGC) is high nicotine dependence; thus, the prospect of ng may be even more difficult for smokers who are both highly nicotine-dependent and weight concerned. In addition, somewhat paradoxically, heavy smokers tend to have higher body weights and a higher likelihood of obesity than lighter smokers, suggesting a more complex relationship between body weight and smoking (Chiolero A, Jacot-Sadowski I, Faeh D, Paccaud F, Cornuz J.

Association ofcigarettes smoked daily with obesity in a general adultpopulation. Obesity r Spring) (2007) 15:1311-1318; John U, Hanke M, RumprJ, Thyrian JR. g status, cigarettes per day, and their relationship to overweight and obesity among former and current smokers in a national adult general population . Int J Obes (Lond). (2005) 9-1294). Several s have found that overweight and obese smokers exhibit higher levels of smoking-related weight-gain concern than normal weight smokers (Aubin H-J, Berlin 1, Smadja E, West R. Factors ated with higher body mass index, weight concern, and weight gain in a multinational cohort study of smokers intending to quit. Int. J. Environ. Res. Public Health. (2009). 6:943-957; Levine MD, Bush T, Magnusson B, Cheng, Y, Chen X. Smoking-related weight concerns and obesity: differences among normal weight, overweight, and obese s using a telephone tobacco quitline. Nicotine Tob Res. (2013) 15:1136- 1140). Given the gence of high nicotine ence and high weight-gain concern in obese smokers, smoking cessation entions that address post-cessation weight gain could be especially beneficial for this subpopulation.

Despite the existence of several therapies for smoking ion, erm success rates are low and major barriers to quitting remain. There is a significant unmet need for safe and effective therapies that address these barriers. There also remains a need for alternative compounds for the treatment of diseases and disorders related to the 5-HT2C or. The compounds described herein are -HT2C receptor agonists that satisfy this need and provide related advantages as well. The present disclosure satisfies this need and provides related advantages as well.

SUMMARY Provided in some embodiments are compounds of Formula A, as defined herein. Also provided in some embodiments are methods for weight management, inducing satiety, and decreasing food intake, and for preventing and treating obesity, antipsychotic-induced weight gain, type 2 diabetes, Prader-Willi syndrome, tobacco/nicotine dependence, drug addiction, alcohol addiction, pathological gambling, reward deficiency syndrome, and sex addiction), obsessive-compulsive um disorders and impulse l disorders ding nail-biting and onychophagia), sleep disorders (including ia, fragmented sleep ecture, and disturbances of slow-wave sleep), urinary incontinence, psychiatric disorders (including schizophrenia, anorexia nervosa, and bulimia nervosa), Alzheimer disease, sexual dysfunction, erectile dysfunction, sy, nt disorders (including parkinsonism and antipsychotic-induced movement disorder), hypertension, dyslipidemia, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, obesity-related renal disease, and sleep apnea. Also provided in some embodiments are compositions comprising a compound herein, optionally in combination with a supplemental agent, and s for reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an dual attempting to cease or lessen use of a o product; aiding in g ion and preventing associated weight gain; controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking o; treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or awal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or awal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use comprising administering a compound herein, optionally in combination with a mental agent.

In one embodiment provided herein are compounds selected from compounds of Formula A and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: R1 R2 Formula A wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl ally substituted with one or more halogens, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to ered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; x is 0 or C(R4R5); 2016/044426 Y is 0 or C(R6R7); wherein ifX is 0, Y is (CR6R7); R4 and R5 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 lkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; or R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the s connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring; R6 and R7 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic yclic ring; R8 and R9 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally tuted with one or more halogens, or halogen.

In one embodiment provided herein are compounds selected from compounds of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: R1 2 R8 R4 R9 R6 Formula I wherein: R1 is ed from: H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally tuted with one or more halogens, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon ting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; R4 and R5 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally tuted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; or R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring; R6 and R7 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; R8 and R9 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or halogen.

Also provided are itions comprising a compound provided herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also provided are ses for preparing compositions, comprising admixing a compound ed herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also provided are pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound provided herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also provided are processes for preparing pharmaceutical compositions, sing admixing a compound provided herein a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Also provided are s for decreasing food intake in an dual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for inducing satiety in an individual in need f, comprising administering to said dual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided .

Also ed are methods for the treatment of obesity in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a eutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the prevention of obesity in an individual in need thereof, comprising stering to said individual a eutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for weight management in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are use of a nd provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for decreasing food intake.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for inducing satiety.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the cture of a medicament for the treatment of obesity.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention of obesity.

Also provided are use of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for weight management.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for treatment of the human or animal body by y.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for decreasing food intake.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for inducing satiety.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of obesity.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the prevention of obesity.

Also provided are compounds for use in weight management.

Provided is a method for reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce ncy of smoking tobacco comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a nd provided herein.

Also provided is a method for aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a o product comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an ive amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for aiding in g ion and ting associated weight gain in an dual attempting to cease smoking and prevent weight gain comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the dual an ive amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of treatment for nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal comprising the step of: ibing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of reducing the likelihood of relapse use of ne by an individual attempting to cease ne use comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for reducing weight gain ated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking o sing the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco, aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual ting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product, aiding in g ion and preventing associated weight gain, controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use, comprising: selecting an individual with an initial BMI Z 27 kg/m2; and prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco, aiding in the ion or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product, aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain, controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an dual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, ng nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an dual attempting to treat nicotine ency, addiction and/or withdrawal, or ng the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease ne use, sing: administering a compound provided herein; monitoring the individual for BMI during said stration; and discontinuing said administration if the BMI of the individual becomes < 18.5 kg/m2 during said administration.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking o, aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a o product in an individual ting to cease or lessen use of a o product, aiding in smoking ion and preventing ated weight gain, controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of e use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use, comprising: administering a compound selected from nd provided herein to an individual with an initial BMI s 25 kg/m2; monitoring the individual for body weight during said stration; and discontinuing said administration if the body weight of the individual decreases by more than about 1% during said stration.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco, aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product, aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain, controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal, or ng the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use, comprising: administering a compound provided herein to an individual; monitoring the individual for body weight during said administration; and tinuing said administration if the body weight of the individual decreases by more than about 1 kg during said administration.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound ed herein and at least one supplemental agent.

Also provided is a compound ed herein for use in ation with a supplemental agent.

Also provided is a supplemental agent chosen from nicotine replacement therapies, for use in ation with a compound provided herein.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1 shows a plot of cumulative food intake (g) over time (hours post-administration) for vehicle and for the 2nd eluting enantiomer in example 1.1 dosed in Sprague Dawley rats (white bar: vehicle; gray bars: 2 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg of the 2nd eluting enantiomer in example 1.1.

Figure 2 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing the nds of formula I, wherein R1 is, for example F or H, and R10 is, for example, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

Figure 3 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula I, wherein R1 is, for example H, and R10 is, for example, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

Figure 4 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of a I, wherein R1 is, for example methyl or ethyl, and R10 is, for example, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

Figure 5 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula I, n R1 is, for example H, and R10 is, for example, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, such as, chlorobenzyl.

Figure 6A and 6B show an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula I, wherein: R1 is, for example H; R11 is, for example, C1-C6 alkyl, such as methyl; and R10 is, for example, benzyl ally substituted with one or more halogens, such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

Figure 7 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula I, wherein R1 is, for example H, and R10 is, for example, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

Figure 8 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of formula I, wherein R10 is, for example, benzyl optionally tuted with one or more halogens, such as, 3,4- robenzyl.

Figure 9A and 9B show examples of synthetic schemes for preparing the compounds of formula I.

Figure 10 shows an example of a synthetic scheme for ing the compounds of formula A wherein X is O, and R10 is, for example, benzyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, such as, 3,4-dichlorobenzyl.

Figure 11 shows an e of a synthetic scheme for preparing the compounds of a A wherein Y is 0.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION As used in the present specification, the following words and phrases are generally intended to have the meanings as set forth below, except to the extent that the context in which they are used indicates otherwise.

As used herein, the term "agonist" refers to a moiety that interacts with and activates a receptor, such as the 5-HT2C serotonin receptor, and initiates a physiological or pharmacological response characteristic of that receptor.

The term “composition” refers to a compound, including but not limited to, salts, solvates, and hydrates of a compound provided herein, in combination with at least one additional component.

The phrase “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a composition comprising at least one active ient, such as a compound as described herein; including but not limited to, salts, solvates, and hydrates of compounds provided herein, whereby the composition is amenable to investigation for a specified, efficacious outcome in a mammal (for example, without limitation, a human). Those of ordinary skill in the art will understand and appreciate the techniques appropriate for determining whether an active ingredient has a desired efficacious outcome based upon the needs of the artisan.

The term “individual” refers to a human. An individual can be an adult or ertal (a child) and can be of any gender. The individual can be a patient or other individual seeking treatment. The s disclosed herein can also apply to non-human mammals such as livestock or pets.

As used herein, a “plurality of individuals” means more than one individual.

As used , “administering” means to provide a compound or other y, remedy or treatment. For example, a health care practitioner can directly provide a compound to an individual in the form of a sample, or can indirectly provide a nd to an individual by providing an oral or n prescription for the compound. Also, for example, an individual can obtain a compound by themselves without the involvement of a health care practitioner. Administration of the compound may or may not involve the individual actually internalizing the compound. In the case where an individual internalizes the compound, the body is transformed by the compound in some way.

As used herein, “prescribing” means to order, authorize or recommend the use of a drug or other y, remedy or treatment. In some ments, a health care practitioner can orally advise, recommend or authorize the use of a nd, dosage regimen or other ent to an individual. In this case the health care tioner may or may not e a prescription for the compound, dosage regimen or treatment. Further, the health care practitioner may or may not provide the recommended compound or treatment. For example, the health care practitioner can advise the individual where to obtain the compound without providing the compound. In some embodiments, a health care practitioner can provide a prescription for the compound, dosage regimen or treatment to the individual. For example, a health care practitioner can give a written or oral prescription to an individual. A prescription can be written on paper or on electronic media such as a computer file, for example, on a hand-held computer device. For example, a health care practitioner can transform a piece of paper or electronic media with a prescription for a compound, dosage regimen or ent. In addition, a iption can be called in (oral) or faxed in (written) to a pharmacy or a dispensary. In some embodiments, a sample of the compound or treatment can be given to the individual. As used herein, giving a sample of a compound constitutes an it iption for the compound. Different health care systems around the world use different methods for prescribing and administering compounds or treatments and these methods are encompassed by the disclosure.

A prescription can include, for example, an individual’s name and/or fying information such as date of birth. In addition, for example, a prescription can include, the medication name, medication strength, dose, frequency of administration, route of administration, number or amount to be dispensed, number of refills, physician name, and/or physician signature. Further, for example, a prescription can include a DEA number or state .

A healthcare tioner can include, for e, a physician, nurse, nurse practitioner, physician assistant, clinician, or other related healthcare professional who can prescribe or administer compounds (drugs) for weight management, sing food , inducing satiety, and treating or preventing y. In addition, a healthcare practitioner can include anyone who can recommend, prescribe, administer or prevent an individual from receiving a compound or drug including, for example, an insurance provider.

The term “prevent,a: upreventing,” or “prevention”, such as prevention of obesity, refers to the prevention of the occurrence or onset of one or more symptoms associated with a ular disorder and does not necessarily mean the complete prevention of a disorder. For example, weight gain may be prevented even if the individual gains some amount of weight. For e, the terms “prevent,” “preventing,” and “prevention” refer to the administration of therapy on a prophylactic or preventative basis to an individual who may ultimately manifest at least one symptom of a disease or condition but who has not yet done so. Such individuals can be identified on the basis of risk factors that are known to correlate with the subsequent ence of the disease. Alternatively, prevention therapy can be administered without prior identification of a risk , as a prophylactic measure. Delaying the onset of the at least one symptom can also be considered prevention or prophylaxis.

For example, the term “prevent,a: npreventing” or ntion” may refer to prevention of weight gain associated with smoking cessation.

It is understood that when the phrase “pharmaceutically able salts, solvates, and hydrates” or the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate” is used when referring to compounds described herein, it embraces pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and/or hydrates of the compounds, pharmaceutically able salts of the nds, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and/or hydrates of pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the nds. It is also understood that when the phrase aceutically acceptable solvates and hydrates” or the phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable solvate and hydrate” is used when referring to compounds described herein that are salts, it embraces pharmaceutically acceptable solvates and/or es of such salts. It is also understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art that hydrates are a subgenus of solvates.

The term “prodrug” refers to an agent which must undergo chemical or enzymatic transformation to the active or parent drug after administration, so that the metabolic t or parent drug can subsequently exhibit the desired pharmacological se.

The term ,a: ing,” or “treatment” includes the administration of therapy to an individual who already manifests at least one symptom of a disease or condition or who has previously manifested at least one symptom of a disease or condition. For example, “treating” can include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition symptoms, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing sion of the e or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or stopping the symptoms of the disease or condition either prophylactically and/or therapeutically. For example, the term “treating” in reference to a disorder can mean a reduction in severity of one or more symptoms ated with a particular disorder. Therefore, treating a disorder does not necessarily mean a reduction in severity of all symptoms associated with a disorder and does not necessarily mean a te reduction in the severity of one or more symptoms associated with a disorder. For example, a method for treatment of obesity can result in weight loss; however, the weight loss does not need to be enough such that the individual is no longer obese. It has been shown that even modest decreases in weight or related ters such as BMI, waist circumference and percent body fat, can result in improvement of health, for example, lower blood pressure, improved blood lipid profiles, or a reduction in sleep apnea. As another example, a method for treatment of an addiction can result in a reduction in the number, frequency, or severity of gs, seeking behaviors, or es, or it can result in abstention.

In some embodiments, the term “treat,a: ntreating” or “treatment” refers to the administration of therapy to an individual who y manifests, or who has previously manifested, at least one symptom of a disease, disorder, condition, dependence, or behavior, such as at least one m of a disease or condition. For e, “treating” can include any of the following with respect to a disease, disorder, condition, dependence, or behavior: alleviating, abating, ameliorating inhibiting (e.g., arresting the development), relieving, or causing regression. “Treating” can also include ng the ms, preventing additional symptoms, ting the underlying physiological causes of the symptoms, or stopping the symptoms (either prophylactically and/or therapeutically) of a disease, disorder, condition, dependence, or behavior, such as the symptoms of a disease or condition.

The phrase “weight management” refers to controlling body weight and in the t of the present disclosure is ed toward weight loss and the maintenance of weight loss (also called weight maintenance herein). In addition to controlling body weight, weight management includes controlling parameters related to body weight, for example, BMI, percent body fat and waist ference. For example, weight management for an dual who is overweight or obese can mean losing weight WO 23679 with the goal of keeping weight in a healthier range. Also, for example, weight ment for an individual who is overweight or obese can include losing body fat or circumference around the waist with or without the loss of body weight. Maintenance of weight loss t maintenance) es preventing, ng or controlling weight gain after weight loss. It is well known that weight gain often occurs after weight loss. Weight loss can occur, for example, from dieting, exercising, illness, drug treatment, y or any combination of these methods, but often an individual that has lost weight will regain some or all of the lost weight. Therefore, weight maintenance in an individual who has lost weight can include preventing weight gain after weight loss, reducing the amount of weight gained after weight loss, controlling weight gain after weight loss or g the rate of weight gain after weight loss. As used , “weight management in an dual in need thereof” refers to a judgment made by a healthcare practitioner that an individual requires or will benefit from weight management treatment. This judgment is made based on a y of factors that are in the realm of a healthcare practitioner’s expertise, but that includes the knowledge that the individual has a condition that is treatable by the methods disclosed .

“Weight management” also includes preventing weight gain, lling weight gain, reducing weight gain, maintaining weight, or inducing weight loss. Weight management also refers to lling weight (also called weight control) and/or controlling parameters related to weight, for example, BMI, percent body fat and/or waist circumference. In addition, weight management also includes preventing an increase in BMI, reducing an increase in BMI, maintaining BMI, or reducing BMI; preventing an increase in percent body fat, reducing an increase in percent body fat, maintaining percent body fat, or reducing percent body fat; and preventing an increase in waist circumference, reducing an increase in waist circumference, ining waist circumference, or reducing waist circumference The phrase asing food intake in an individual in need thereof” refers to a judgment made by a care practitioner that an individual requires or will benefit from decreasing food intake. This judgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm of a healthcare practitioner’s expertise, but that includes the knowledge that the individual has a condition, for example, obesity, that is treatable by the methods disclosed herein. In some embodiments, an individual in need of decreasing food intake is an individual who is overweight. In some embodiments, an individual in need of decreasing food intake is an individual who is obese.

The term “satiety” refers to the quality or state of being fed or gratified to or beyond capacity.

Satiety is a feeling that an individual has and so it is often determined by asking the individual, orally or in writing, if they feel full, sated, or satisfied at timed intervals during a meal. For example, an individual who feels sated may report g full, feeling a decreased or absent hunger, feeling a decreased or absent desire to eat, or feeling a lack of drive to eat. While fullness is a physical sensation, satiety is a mental feeling. An individual who feels full, sated or satisfied is more likely to stop eating and therefore inducing satiety can result in a decrease in food intake in an individual. As used herein, “inducing satiety in an individual in need thereof” refers to a judgment made by a healthcare practitioner that an individual requires or will benefit from inducing y. This judgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm of a healthcare practitioner’s expertise, but that includes the dge that the individual has a condition, for example, obesity, that is treatable by the methods of the disclosure.

The phrase “treatment of obesity in an individual in need thereof” refers to a nt made by a healthcare practitioner that an dual requires or will benefit from ent of obesity. This judgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm of a healthcare practitioner’ s expertise, but that includes the knowledge that the individual has a condition that is treatable by the methods of the disclosure. To determine whether an individual is obese one can determine a body , a body mass index (BMI), a waist circumference or a body fat tage of the individual to determine if the individual meets a body weight threshold, a BMI threshold, a waist circumference threshold or a body fat percentage threshold.

The phrase “prevention of obesity in an individual in need thereof” refers to a nt made by a healthcare practitioner that an individual requires or will t from prevention of obesity. This judgment is made based on a variety of factors that are in the realm of a care practitioner’ s ise, but that includes the knowledge that the individual has a condition that is ble by the methods disclosed herein. In some embodiments, an individual in need of prevention of obesity is an individual who is overweight (also called pre-obese). In some embodiments, an individual in need of prevention of obesity is an individual who has a family history of obesity. To determine whether an individual is overweight one can determine a body weight, a body mass index (BMI), a waist circumference or a body fat percentage of the individual to determine if the individual meets a body weight old, a BMI threshold, a waist circumference threshold or a body fat percentage threshold.

As used herein, an “adverse event” or “toxic event” is any untoward medical occurrence that may present itself during treatment. Adverse events associated with treatment may include, for e, headache, nausea, blurred vision, paresthesias, constipation, fatigue, dry mouth, dizziness, abnormal dreams, insomnia, nasopharyngitis, toothache, sinusitis, back pain, somnolence, viral gastroenteritis, seasonal allergy, or pain in an extremity. Additional possible adverse effects e, for example, gastrointestinal disorders (such as constipation, abdominal distension, and diarrhea), asthenia, chest pain, fatigue, drug hypersensitivity, fibromyalgia, temporomandibular joint me, headache, dizziness, migraine, anxiety, depressed mood, irritability, suicidal ideation, bipolar er, depression, drug abuse, and dyspnea. In the methods disclosed herein, the term “adverse event” can be replaced by other more general terms such as “toxicity”. The term “reducing the risk” of an adverse event means reducing the probability that an adverse event or toxic event could occur.

As used herein, the term "agonist" refers to a moiety that interacts with and activates a receptor, such as the 5-HT2C serotonin or, and initiates a physiological or pharmacological se teristic of that receptor.

The phrase iate-release dosage form” refers to a formulation which rapidly disintegrates upon oral administration to a human or other animal releasing an active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) from the formulation. In some embodiments, the T80% of the immediate-release dosage form is less than 3 hours. In some embodiments, the T80% of the immediate-release dosage form is less than 1 hour. In some embodiments, the T80% of the immediate-release dosage form is less than 30 minutes. In some embodiments, the T80% of the immediate-release dosage form is less than 10 minutes.

The term “T80%” refers to the time needed to achieve 80% cumulative release of an API from a particular formulation comprising the API.

The phrase “modified-release dosage form” refers to any formulation that, upon oral administration to a human or other animal, releases an API after a given time (i.e., delayed e) or for a prolonged period of time (extended release), e.g., at a slower rate over an extended period of time when ed to an immediate-release -form of the API (e.g., sustained release).

As used herein, “nicotine replacement therapy” (commonly abbreviated to NRT) refers to the remedial administration of nicotine to the body by means other than a tobacco t. By way of example, nicotine replacement therapy may include transdermal nicotine delivery systems, including patches and other systems that are described in the art, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,597,961, ,004,610, 4,946,853, and 4,920,989. Inhaled nicotine (e.g., ry of the nicotine through pulmonary routes) is also known. ucosal administration (e.g., delivery of ne to the systemic ation h oral drug dosage forms) is also known. Oral drug dosage forms (e.g., lozenge, capsule, gum, tablet, suppository, ointment, gel, pessary, membrane, and powder) are typically held in contact with the mucosal membrane and disintegrate and/or dissolve rapidly to allow immediate systemic tion. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that a ity of different treatments and means of administration can be used to treat a single individual. For example, an individual can be simultaneously treated with nicotine by transdermal administration and nicotine which is administered to the . In some embodiments, the nicotine ement therapy is chosen from nicotine gum (e.g., NICORETTE), nicotine transdermal systems such as nicotine patches (e.g., HABITROL and NICODERM), nicotine lozenges (e.g., COMMIT), nicotine microtabs (e.g., NICORETTE Microtabs), nicotine sprays or inhalers (e.g., NICOTROL), and other nicotine replacement therapies known in the art. In some embodiments, nicotine replacement therapy includes electronic cigarettes, personal vaporizers, and electronic nicotine delivery systems.

As used herein, “combination” as used in reference to drug combinations and/or combinations of a selective 5-HT2C agonist with at least one supplemental agent refers to (1) a product comprised of two or more components, i.e., drug/device, biologic/device, iologic, or drug/device/biologic, that are physically, chemically, or otherwise combined or mixed and produced as a single entity; (2) two or more separate products packaged together in a single package or as a unit and comprised of drug and device products, device and ical products, or ical and drug ts; (3) a drug, device, or biological product packaged tely that ing to its investigational plan or proposed labeling is intended for use only with an approved individually specified drug, device, or biological product where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect and where upon al of the proposed product the labeling of the approved product would need to be changed, e.g., to reflect a change in intended use, dosage form, strength, route of administration, or significant change in dose; or (4) any investigational drug, device, or biological product packaged separately that according to its proposed labeling is for use only with another individually specified investigational drug, device, or biological product where both are required to e the intended use, indication, or effect. ations e without limitation a fixed-dose combination product (FDC) in which two or more separate drug components are combined in a single dosage form; a co-packaged product comprising two or more separate drug products in their final dosage forms, packaged together with appropriate labeling to support the combination use; and an adjunctive therapy in which a patient is maintained on a second drug product that is used together with (i. e., in adjunct to) the primary treatment, although the relative doses are not fixed, and the drugs or biologics are not necessarily given at the same time.

Adjunctive therapy products may be kaged, and may or may not be labeled for concomitant use.

As used herein, “responder” refers to an individual who ences continuous abstinence from tobacco use during a specified period of stration of a selective 5-HT2C receptor agonist. In some embodiments, “responder” refers to an individual who reports no smoking or other nicotine use from Week 9 to Week 12 of administration of a selective 5-HT2C receptor agonist and exhibits an end- expiratory exhaled carbon monoxide-confirmed measurement of S 10 ppm.

As used , “tobacco product” refers to a product that incorporates tobacco, i. e., the agricultural product of the leaves of plants in the genus Nicotiana. Tobacco products can generally be divided into two types: smoked tobacco including without limitation pipe tobacco, cigarettes (including electronic cigarettes) and cigars, as well as Mu'assel, Dokha, shisha tobacco, hookah tobacco, or simply shisha; and smokeless tobacco including without limitation chewing tobacco, dipping tobacco, also known as dip, moist snuff (or snuff), American moist snuff, snus, Iqmik, Naswar, Gutka, Toombak, shammah, o water, spit tobacco, creamy snuff or tobacco paste, dissolvable o, and tobacco gum.

As used herein, “Fagerstrom test” refers to a standard test for nicotine ence which is a test for assessing the ity of nicotine addiction. See Heatherton, T. F., Kozlowski, L. T., Frecker, R. C., Fagerstrom, K. O. The Fagerstrom test for Nicotine Dependence: A revision of the Fagerstrom Tolerance Questionnaire. Br J Addict 1991; 86: 1 1 19-27. The test consists of a brief, self-report survey that measures nicotine dependence on a scale of 0-10, with 10 being the highest level of ence. A score of 0-2 corresponds to very low dependence. A score of 3-4 corresponds to low dependence. A score of 5 corresponds to moderate dependence. A score of 6-7 ponds to high dependence. A score of 8-10 corresponds to very high ence.

Other s may be ed to assess the g for nicotine, including but not limited to, the nicotine craving test specified by the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Revised Third Edition (DSM-III-R).

As used , “Mood and Physical Symptoms Scale” (MPSS) refers to a scale used to assess cigarette withdrawal ms (West R, Hajek P: Evaluation of the mood and physical symptoms scale (MPSS) to assess Cigarette withdrawal. Psychopharmacology 2004, I77(I-2).'195-199). The core elements of MPSS involve a 5-point rating of depressed mood, irritability, restlessness, difficulty 2016/044426 concentrating and hunger and a 6-point rating of strength of urges to smoke and time spent with these urges.

As used herein, lorcaserin refers to chloro-l-methyl-2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lH benzazepine. Similarly, lorcaserin hydrochloride refers to the hydrochloric acid salt of (R)chloro-lmethyl-2 ,3,4,5-tetrahydro-lHbenzazepine (see ent on Nonproprietary Name Adopted by the USAN lfor erin Hydrochloride).

The term “phentermine” refers to l,l-dimethylphenyl-ethylamine, including phentermine derivatives and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, such as, but not limited to, chlorphentermine (2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-1,1-dimethyl-ethylamine) and the like. In one ment, phentermine is in the HCl salt form of 1,1-dimethylphenyl-ethylamine.

The term “amphetamine” refers to ylpropanamine and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The phrase “a substituted amphetamine” refers to a class of chemicals based on amphetamine with additional substitutions. Examples of substituted amphetamines include, but are not limited to: methamphetamine (N-methyl-l-phenylpropanamine); ephedrine thylamino)-l-phenylpropan- l-ol); cathinone (2-amino- l -phenyl- l -propanone); MDMA (3,4-methylenedioxy-N— methylamphetamine); and DOM (2,5-Dimethoxymethylamphetamine); and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “a benzodiazepine” includes, but is not limited to alprazolam, bretazenil, bromazepam, brotizolam, chlordiazepoxide, cinolazepam, clonazepam, epate, clotiazepam, cloxazolam, cyclobenzaprine, delorazepam, diazepam, estazolam, etizolam, ethyl, loflazepate, flunitrazepam, romophenyl)fluoro- l H—benzo [e] [l,4]diazepin-2(3H)-one, flurazepam, flutoprazepam, halazepam, ketazolam, loprazolam, lorazepam, lormetazepam, medazepam, midazolam, nimetazepam, nitrazepam, epam, oxazepam, phenazepam, pinazepam, prazepam, premazepam, lam, quazepam, temazepam, tetrazepam, and triazolam and salts, es, and hydrates thereof.

The phrase “an atypical benzodiazepine receptor ligand” includes, but is not limited to clobazam, DMCM, flumazenil, eszopiclone, zaleplon, zolpidem, and zopiclone and salts, es, and hydrates f.

The term “marijuana” refers to a composition comprising one or more compound selected from tetrahydrocannabinol, cannabidiol, cannabinol, and tetrahydrocannabivarin and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “cocaine” refers to benzoylmethylecgonine and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “dextromethorphan” refers to (4bS,8aR,9S)methoxy-l l-methyl-6,7,8,8a,9,10- hexahydro-SH—9,4b-(epiminoethano)phenanthrene and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term iclone” refers to (S)(5-chloropyridinyl)oxo-6,7-dihydro-5H- pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrazinyl 4-methylpiperazine-l-carboxylate and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “GHB” refers to 4-hydroxybutanoic acid and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “LSD” refers to lysergic acid diethylamide and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “ketamine” refers to 2-(2-chlorophenyl)(methylamino)cyclohexanone and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The phrase “a monoamine reuptake inhibitor” refers to a drug that acts as a reuptake inhibitor of one or more of the three major monoamine neurotransmitters serotonin, norepinephrine, and dopamine by blocking the action of one or more of the respective monoamine transporters. Examples of monoamine reuptake tors e alaproclate, citalopram, dapoxetine, escitalopram, femoxetine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, ifoxetine, indalpine, omiloxetine, panuramine, paroxetine, pirandamine, RTI- 353, sertraline, zimelidine, desmethylcitalopram, desmethylsertraline, didesmethylcitalopram, seproxetine, cianopramine, litoxetine, lubazodone, SB-649,915, trazodone, Vilazodone, vortioxetine, dextromethorphan, dimenhydrinate, diphenhydramine, mepyramine, pyrilamine, methadone, propoxyphene, mesembrine, roxindole, amedalin, tomoxetine, 332, daledalin, edivoxetine, esreboxetine, lortalamine, mazindol, nisoxetine, reboxetine, am, talsupram, tandamine, Viloxazine, maprotiline, bupropion, ciclazindol, manifaxine, radafaxine, tapentadol, teniloxazine, ginkgo biloba, altropane, amfonelic acid, benzothiophenylcyclohexylpiperidine, DBL-583, difluoropine, l-(2-(diphenylmethoxy)ethyl)(3-phenylpropyl)piperazine, 4-{ l3-methyl-4,6-dioxa- 11,12-diazatricyclo[7.5 .0.0]tetradeca-l,3(7),8,lO-tetraen-lO-yl}aniline, iometopane, S,3S,5S) (4-iodophenyl)methylazabicyclo [3 .2. l ]octanyl]-pyrrolidin- l -ylmethanone, rine, medifoxamine, Chaenomeles speciosa, hyperforin, adhyperforin, bupropion, exole, cabergoline, venlafaxine, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran, levomilnacipran, dine, 4- indolylarylalkylamines, l-naphthylarylalkylamines, amineptine, desoxypipradrol, dexmethylphenidate, difemetorex,diphenylprolinol, ethylphenidate, fencamfamine, fencamine, lefetamine, mesocarb, enedioxypyrovalerone, methylphenidate, nomifensine, methyl 2-cyclopentyl(3,4- dichlorophenyl)acetate, oxolinic acid, pipradrol, prolintane, pyrovalerone, tametraline, 3- chlorophenyl)(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)ethyl]cyclohexan-l-ol, nefopam, amitifadine, EB-lOZO, tesofensine, NSD-788, tedatioxetine, RG7166, Lu-AA37096, Lu-AA34893, NS-2360, bicifadine, SEP- 227162, SEP-225289, DOV-216,303, brasofensine, NS-2359, diclofensine, EXP-561, taxil, one, S-APB, 6-APB, and hyperforin, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “nicotine” refers to 3-(1-methylpyrrolidinyl)pyridine.

The term “an ” includes, but is not limited to the following compounds and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: alfentanil, alphaprodine, anileridine, bezitramide, buprenorphine, butorphanol, propoxyphene, carfentanil, codeine, diamorphine, moramide, dezocine, poppy straw, dihydrocodeine, dihydroetorphine, diphenoxylate, ethylmorphine, ine, hydrochloride, fentanyl, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, isomethadone, levo-alphacetylmethadol, levomethorphan, levorphanol, meptazinol, metazocine, methadone, n, morphine, nalbuphine, opium, oripaVine, oxycodone, phone, pentazocine, pethidine, phenazocine, piminodine, propoxyphene, racemethorphan, racemorphan, remifentanil, sufentanil, tapentadol, and ne.

For example, the term includes the following compounds and salts, solvates, and es thereof: alfentanil, rodine, anileridine, bezitramide, dextropropoxyphene, carfentanil, codeine, poppy straw, dihydrocodeine, dihydroetorphine, oxylate, ethylmorphine, etorphine, hydrochloride, fentanyl, hydrocodone, hydromorphone, isomethadone, levo-alphacetylmethadol, levomethorphan, levorphanol, metazocine, methadone, metopon, morphine, opium, oripaVine, oxycodone, oxymorphone, pethidine, phenazocine, piminodine, racemethorphan, racemorphan, remifentanil, sufentanil, tapentadol, and thebaine.

The term “PCP” refers to l-(l-phenylcyclohexyl)piperidine and salts, solvates, and es thereof.

The phrase “a substituted phenethylamine” includes, but is not limited to, the following compounds and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: 2-(4-bromo-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-N—[(2- methoxyphenyl)methyl]ethanamine, 2-(4-chloro-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-N-[(2- methoxyphenyl)methyl]ethanamine, 2-(4-iodo-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-N—[(2- methoxyphenyl)methyl]ethanamine, 4-bromo-2,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine, l-(4-chloro-2,5- dimethoxyphenyl)aminoethane, -dimethoxymethylphenyl)aminoethane, l-(2,5- dimethoxyethylphenyl)aminoethane, 4-fluoro-2,5-dimethoxyphenethylamine, 2,5-dimethoxy enethylamine, 2,5-dimethoxynitrophenethylamine, 2-(2,5-dimethoxy propylphenyl)ethanamine, 2,5-dimethoxyethylthiophenethylamine, 2- [2,5-dimethoxy(2- fluoroethylthio)phenyl]ethanamine, 2,5-dimethoxyisopropylthiophenethylamine, methoxynpropylthiophenethylamine , 2- [4- opropylmethyl)thio] -2,5-dimethoxyphenyl]ethanamine, 2- [4- (butylthio)-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl]ethanamine, oxydopamine, dopamine, hrine, mescaline, meta-octopamine, meta-tyramine, methylphenidate, n-methylphenethylamine, norepinephrine, topamine , para-tyramine, phentermine, phenylephrine, salbutamol, and B-methylphenethylamine, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The term “psilocybin” refers to [3-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-lH-indolyl] dihydrogen ate, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

The phrase “an anabolic steroid” includes, but is not limited to, the following nds and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: l-androstenediol, androstenediol, l-androstenedione, androstenedione, bolandiol, erone, boldenone, boldione, erone, clostebol, danazol, dehydrochlormethyltestosterone, desoxymethyltestosterone, dihydrotestosterone, drostanolone, ethylestrenol, fluoxymesterone, formebolone, furazabol, gestrinone, oxytestosterone, mestanolone, mesterolone, metenolone, methandienone, methandriol, methasterone, methyldienolone, methyl-l-testosterone, methylnortestosterone, methyltestosterone, metribolone, mibolerone, nandrolone, l9-norandrostenedione, norboletone, norclostebol, norethandrolone, oxabolone, oxandrolone, terone, oxymetholone, prasterone, prostanozol, lone, stanozolol, stenbolone, l-testosterone, testosterone, tetrahydrogestrinone, and trenbolone.

As used herein, the term “greater than” is used interchangeably with the symbol > and the term “less than” is used interchangeably with the symbol <. Likewise the term less than or equal to is used interchangeably with the symbol 5 and the term greater than or equal to is used interchangeably with the symbol 2.

When an integer is used in a method disclosed herein, the term “about” can be inserted before the integer. For example, the term “greater than 29 kg/m2” can be substituted with “greater than about 29 kg/mz”.

As used in the present specification, the following abbreviations are generally intended to have the meanings as set forth below, except to the extent that the context in which they are used indicates otherwise.

OC s Celsius Kg/kg Kilogram Inn Pounds MM new-nennnynnennenenn BL Baseline M Molar nn SennneM BP Blood pressure mg Milligram nnn Mn CAR uous abstinence rate MITT Modified intention to treat nnan MnnnenenenMenenny Mn Mnnnnen CO Carbon de NDA New Drug Application PP Pennnnnevnenee DBP Diastolic blood pressure ppm parts per million an Oneennny dL Deciliter SAE Serious Adverse Events Emax m possible effect SE Standard Error SM Synenennennnennne Ten Tnennennvnnnennennnnnn we went HDL ensity lipoprotein PXRD X-ray powder diffraction Throughout this specification, unless the context requires ise, the word “comprise”, or variations such as “comprises” or ising” will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated step or t or integer or group of steps or elements or integers but not the exclusion of any other step or element or integer or group of elements or rs.

Throughout this specification, unless specifically stated otherwise or the context requires otherwise, reference to a single step, composition of matter, group of steps or group of compositions of matter shall be taken to encompass one and a plurality (Le. one or more) of those steps, compositions of matter, groups of steps or group of compositions of matter.

Each embodiment described herein is to be applied mutatis mutandis to each and every other embodiment unless specifically stated otherwise.

Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the invention(s) described herein is susceptible to variations and modifications other than those specifically described. It is to be understood that the invention(s) includes all such variations and modifications. The invention(s) also es all of the steps, es, compositions and compounds referred to or indicated in this cation, individually or collectively, and any and all combinations or any two or more of said steps or features unless specifically stated otherwise.

The present ion(s) is not to be limited in scope by the c embodiments described herein, which are intended for the purpose of exemplification only. Functionally-equivalent ts, compositions and methods are clearly within the scope of the ion(s), as described herein.

It is appreciated that certain features of the invention(s), which are, for clarity, described in the t of separate embodiments, can also be provided in combination in a single embodiment.

Conversely, various features of the invention(s), which are, for brevity, described in the context of a single ment, can also be provided separately or in any suitable subcombination. For example, a method that recites prescribing or administering a compound provided herein can be separated into two methods; one reciting prescribing a compound provided herein and the other reciting administering a compound provided herein. In addition, for example, a method that recites prescribing a compound ed herein and a separate method reciting administering a compound provided herein can be combined into a single method reciting ibing and/or administering a compound provided herein.

In addition, for e, a method that recites prescribing or administering a nd ed herein can be separated into two methods—one reciting prescribing a compound provided herein and the other reciting administering a compound provided herein. In addition, for example, a method that recites prescribing a compound provided herein and a separate method of the invention reciting administering a compound provided herein can be combined into a single method reciting prescribing and/or administering a compound ed herein.

CHEMICAL GROUP, MOIETY OR RADICAL The term “C1-C6 alkoxy” refers to a radical comprising a C1-C6 alkyl group attached to an oxygen atom, wherein C1-C6 alkyl has the same definition as found . Some embodiments n 1 to 5 carbons. Some embodiments contain 1 to 4 carbons. Some ments contain 1 to 3 carbons.

Some embodiments contain 1 to 2 carbons. Examples include, but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert—butoxy, isobutoxy, and sec-butoxy.

The term “C1-C6 alkyl” refers to a straight or ed carbon radical containing 1 to 6 carbons.

Some embodiments contain 1 to 5 carbons. Some embodiments contain 1 to 4 carbons. Some embodiments n 1 to 3 carbons. Some embodiments contain 1 to 2 carbons. Examples of an alkyl group include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, isobutyl, tert—butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, t—pentyl, neopentyl, l-methylbutyl [i.e., 3)CH2CH2CH3], 2- methylbutyl [i.e., -CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3], and n-hexyl.

The term cyclic ring” refers to a saturated ring containing 3 to 7 carbons. Some embodiments contain 3 carbons. Some embodiments contain 5 carbons. Some embodiments contain 4 s. Some embodiments contain 6 carbons.

The term “C3-C8 cycloalkyl” refers to a saturated ring radical containing 3 to 7 carbons. Some embodiments contain 3 carbons. Some embodiments contain 5 carbons. Some embodiments contain 4 carbons. Some embodiments contain 6 carbons. es include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.

The term “heterocyclic ring” refers to a saturated ring containing 3 to 7 atoms, one or more of which are heteroatoms. In some embodiments one, two or three of the ring atoms are heteroatoms. In some embodiments, one, two or three of the ring atoms are heteroatoms each of which is independently O, N or S.

The term “halogen” refers to a fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo group. When referring to a group, “fluoro” and “fluorine” may be used interchangeably; “chloro” and “chlorine” may be used interchangeably; “bromo” and “bromine” may be used interchangeably; and “iodo” and “iodine” may be used interchangeably.

The number of occurrences of a given substituent in a compound may be specified by a ipt (such as “n” and the like). The subscript may be a positive integer or it may be 0, unless otherwise specified. A value of 0 for the subscript is intended to indicate that the substituent is absent.

COMPOUNDS In one ment provided herein are compounds ed from compounds of Formula A and ceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and es thereof: R1 R2 Formula A wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic yclic ring; X is 0 or C(R4R5); Y is 0 or C(R6R7); n ifX is 0, Y is ); R4 and R5 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally tuted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon ting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; or R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring; R6 and R7 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; R8 and R9 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or halogen.

In one ment provided herein are compounds selected from nds of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: R1 R2 R8 R4 R9 R6 Formula I wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl optionally tuted with one or more halogens, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; R4 and R5 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to ered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; or R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring; R6 and R7 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl ally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; R8 and R9 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or halogen.

All combinations of the embodiments ning to the chemical groups represented by the variables (e.g., X, R1, etc.) contained within the generic chemical formulae described herein, for e, Formula A, I, etc. are ically ed by the present invention(s) just as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly recited, to the extent that such combinations e compounds that result in stable compounds (i.e., compounds that can be isolated, characterized and tested for biological activity). In addition, all subcombinations of the al groups listed in the embodiments describing such variables, as well as all subcombinations of uses and medical indications described , are also specifically embraced by the present invention(s) just as if each and every subcombination of chemical groups and subcombination of uses and medical indications was individually and explicitly recited herein.

In addition, some embodiments include every combination of one or more embodiments ning to the chemical groups represented by the les and generic chemical formulae as described herein or every combination of one or more compounds disclosed herein together/in combination with every combination of one or more weight loss drug chosen from sodium/glucose cotransporter-2 ) inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, anticonvulsants, glucose sensitizers, incretin mimetics, amylin analogs, GLP-l analogs, Y receptor peptides, 5-HT2C receptor agonists, opioid receptor antagonists, appetite ssants, anorectics, and hormones and the like, either specifically disclosed herein or specifically disclosed in any reference d herein just as if each and every ation was individually and explicitly recited. In some embodiments, the weight loss drug is chosen from dapagliflozin, canagliflozin, ipragliflozin, tofogliflozin, iflozin, remogliflozin etabonate, orlistat, cetilistat, alaproclate, citalopram, tine, escitalopram, tine, fluoxetine, fluvoxamine, ifoxetine, indalpine, omiloxetine, panuramine, paroxetine, pirandamine, sertraline, zimelidine, desmethylcitalopram, desmethylsertraline, didesmethylcitalopram, seproxetine, cianopramine, tine, lubazodone, trazodone, vilazodone, vortioxetine, dextromethorphan, dimenhydrinate, diphenhydramine, mepyramine, pyrilamine, methadone, propoxyphene, mesembrine, roxindole, amedalin, tomoxetine, daledalin, edivoxetine, xetine, lortalamine, mazindol, nisoxetine, tine, am, talsupram, tandamine, viloxazine, maprotiline, bupropion, ciclazindol, manifaxine, radafaxine, tapentadol, teniloxazine, ginkgo biloba, altropane, difluoropine, iometopane, vanoxerine, medifoxamine, Chaenomeles speciosa, hyperforin, adhyperforin, bupropion, pramipexole, cabergoline, venlafaxine, desvenlafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran, levomilnacipran, bicifadine, amineptine, desoxypipradrol, dexmethylphenidate, difemetorex, diphenylprolinol, henidate, famine, fencamine, lefetamine, mesocarb, methylenedioxypyrovalerone, methylphenidate, nomifensine, oxolinic acid, pipradrol, prolintane, pyrovalerone, tametraline, nefopam, amitifadine, tesofensine, tedatioxetine, bicifadine, ensine, diclofensine, taxil, naphyrone, hyperforin, topiramate, zonisamide, metformin, acarbose, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone, exenatide, liraglutide, lutide, obinepitide, pramlintide, peptide YY, vabicaserin, naltrexone, naloxone, phentermine, diethylpropion, oxymetazoline, rex, butenolide cathine, phenmetrazine, phenylpropanolamine, utamyl-histidyl-glycine , amphetamine, benzphetamine, dexmethylphenidate, dextroamphetamine, methylenedioxypyrovalerone, on, lisdexamfetamine, methamphetamine, methylphenidate, phendimetrazine, phenethylamine, caffeine, bromocriptine, ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, bant, surinabant, mirtazapine, Dietex®, MG Plus ProteinTM, insulin, and leptin and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and combinations thereof.

As used herein, “substituted” indicates that at least one hydrogen atom of the chemical group is ed by a non-hydrogen substituent or group, the non-hydrogen substituent or group can be monovalent or divalent. When the substituent or group is divalent, then it is understood that this group is further tuted with another substituent or group. When a chemical group herein is “substituted” it may have up to the full valance of substitution; for example, a methyl group can be substituted by l, 2, or 3 substituents, a methylene group can be substituted by l to 4 substituents, a phenyl group can be WO 23679 2016/044426 substituted by 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents, a naphthyl group can be tuted by 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, or 7 substituents, and the like. Likewise, ituted with one or more substituents” refers to the substitution of a group with one substituent up to the total number of substituents physically allowed by the group. Further, when a group is substituted with more than one group they can be identical or they can be different.

Compounds provided herein can also include tautomeric forms, such as keto-enol tautomers and the like. Tautomeric forms can be in equilibrium or sterically locked into one form by appropriate substitution. It is understood that the s tautomeric forms are within the scope of the compounds provided herein.

It is understood and appreciated that compounds of Formula A, I or other formulae used throughout this disclosure may have one or more chiral centers and therefore can exist as enantiomers and/or diastereoisomers. The invention(s) are understood to extend to and embrace all such enantiomers, diastereoisomers and mixtures thereof, including but not limited to racemates. It is understood that compounds of Formula A, I or other formulae used throughout this disclosure represent all individual omers and mixtures thereof, unless stated or shown ise.

The Group R1 In some ments, R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R is H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R is H, methyl, ethyl, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methoxy, or cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R is H.

In some embodiments, R is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is methyl. In some embodiments, R1 is ethyl.

In some ments, R is C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more halogens.

In some embodiments, R is halogen. In some embodiments, R1 is e. In some ments, R1 is chlorine. In some embodiments, R1 is bromine. In some embodiments, R1 is iodine.

In some embodiments, R is 6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is methoxy. In some embodiments, R1 is ethoxy.

In some embodiments, R is O-Cl-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more halogens.

In some embodiments, R is C3-C8 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is cyclopropyl. In some ments, R1 is cyclobutyl. In some embodiments, R1 is cyclopentyl. In some embodiments, R1 is cyclohexyl. In some embodiments, R1 is cycloheptyl. In some embodiments, R1 is cyclooctyl.

The Groups R2 and R3 In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each ndently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R2 and R3 taken er with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; or R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl ally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each H.

In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each methyl. In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each ethyl.

In some ments, R2 and R3 are each C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more halogens.

In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each C3-C8 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R2 and R3 are each cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, one of R2 and R3 is H and the other is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, one of R2 and R3 is H and the other is methyl. In some embodiments, one of R2 and R3 is H and the other is ethyl.

In some embodiments, one of R2 and R3 is H and the other is C3- C8 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, one of R2 and R3 is H and the other is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon ting them form a ered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon ting them form a 4-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 5-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken er with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to ered carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the s connecting them form a 5-membered carbocyclic ring.

The Groups X and Y In some embodiments, X is O or C(R4R5) and Y is O or C(R6R7); wherein if X is O, Y is (CR6R7).

In some embodiments, X is O or C(R4R5) and Y is O or C(R6R7); provided that X and Y are not both 0.

In some embodiments, X is O and Y is C(R6R7); In some embodiments, X is C(R4R5) and Y is O.

In some embodiments, X is C(R4R5) and Y is C(R6R7). 2016/044426 The Groups R4 and R5 In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; or R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each H.

In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each methyl. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each ethyl.

In some ments, R4 and R5 are each C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more halogens.

In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each C3-C8 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 are each cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, one of R4 and R5 is H and the other is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, one of R4 and R5 is H and the other is methyl. In some ments, one of R4 and R5 is H and the other is ethyl.

In some embodiments, one of R4 and R5 is H and the other is C3- C8 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, one of R4 and R5 is H and the other is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic yclic ring. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 taken er with the carbon connecting them form a ered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some ments, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 5-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the s connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered yclic ring. In some embodiments, R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 5-membered carbocyclic ring.

The Groups R6 and R7 In some embodiments, R6 and R7 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, R6 and R7 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl.

In some embodiments, R6 and R7 are each H.

In some embodiments, R6 and R7 are each C1-C6 alkyl. In some ments, R6 and R7 are each methyl. In some embodiments, R6 and R7 are each ethyl.

In some embodiments, R6 and R7 are each C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more halogens.

In some embodiments, R6 and R7 are each C3-C8 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R6 and R7 are each cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments, one of R6 and R7 is H and the other is C1-C6 alkyl. In some ments, one of R6 and R7 is H and the other is methyl. In some embodiments, one of R6 and R7 is H and the other is ethyl.

In some embodiments, one of R6 and R7 is H and the other is C3- C8 cycloalkyl. In some ments, one of R6 and R7 is H and the other is ropyl.

In some embodiments, R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R6 and R7 taken er with the carbon connecting them form a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4-membered spirocyclic yclic ring. In some embodiments, R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 5-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments, R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

The Groups R8 and R9 In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each ndently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or halogen.

In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each independently H or halogen.

In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each H.

In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each methyl. In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each ethyl.

In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more halogens.

In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each n. In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each fluorine. In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each chlorine. In some ments, R8 and R9 are each bromine. In some embodiments, R8 and R9 are each .

In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is halogen. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is fluorine. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is chlorine. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is bromine. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is iodine.

In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen and R8 is halogen. In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen and R8 is fluorine. In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen and R8 is chlorine. In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen and R8 is bromine. In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen and R8 is iodine.

In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is methyl. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen and R9 is ethyl.

In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen and R8 is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen and R8 is methyl. In some embodiments, R9 is hydrogen and R8 is ethyl.

Embodiments of a I In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is selected from compounds of Formula Ia, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, es, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ia wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, 6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ia is selected from compounds of Formula Ia- i, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ia-i R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ia is selected from compounds of Formula Ia- ii, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, es, and hydrates f: Formula Ia-ii wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, n, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon ting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is H.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is methyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is ethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is halogen. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, a Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is fluorine. In some ments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or a Ia-ii, R1 is chlorine. In some ments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is bromine. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is iodine.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is O-Cl-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or a Ia-ii, R1 is methoxy. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is ethoxy.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is C3-C8 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R1 is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R4 and R5 are the same and each is H.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R4 and R5 are the same and each is methyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or a Ia-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R4 and R5 taken er with the carbon connecting them form a 5- membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of a Ia, Formula Ia-i, or Formula Ia-ii, R4 and R5 taken er with the carbon connecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is selected from compounds of Formula Ib, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: R1 )n 2016/044426 Formula Ib wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; n is l, 2, 3, or 4.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ib is selected from compounds of Formula Ib- i, and ceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ib-i wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, n, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon ting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic yclic ring; n is l, 2, 3, or 4.

In some embodiments, the compound of a Ib is selected from compounds of Formula Ib- ii, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ib-ii wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; nis 1,2, 3, or 4.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is H. 2016/044426 In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is methyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is ethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is halogen. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is fluorine. In some ments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is chlorine. In some ments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is bromine. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is iodine.

In some embodiments of a Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is O-Cl-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of a Ib, Formula Ib-i, or a Ib-ii, R1 is methoxy. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or a Ib-ii, R1 is ethoxy.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R1 is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R4 and R5 are the same and each is H.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R4 and R5 are the same and each is methyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a ered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4-membered yclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 5- membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, n is 1. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, n is 2. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, Formula Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, n is 3. In some embodiments of Formula Ib, a Ib-i, or Formula Ib-ii, n is 4.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is selected from compounds of a Ic, and pharmaceutically able salts, solvates, and hydrates f: R1 R2 Formula Ic wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; each R2 is the same and is C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ic is selected from compounds of Formula Ic- i, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: R1 R2 Formula Ic-i wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; each R2 is the same and is C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C8 lkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments, the compound of Formula Ic is selected from compounds of Formula Ic- ii, and ceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: R1 R2 Formula Ic-ii wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-Cl-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; each R2 is the same and is C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken er with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

In some embodiments of a Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is H.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, a Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is methyl. In some embodiments of a Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is ethyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or a Ic-ii, R1 is halogen. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, a Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is fluorine. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is chlorine. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or a Ic-ii, R1 is bromine. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is iodine.

In some ments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is O-Cl-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is methoxy. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is ethoxy.

In some embodiments of a Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is C3-C8 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R1 is cyclopropyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, each R2 is the same and is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of a Ic, Formula Ic-i, or a Ic-ii, each R2 is the same and is . In some embodiments of a Ic, Formula Ic-i, or a Ic-ii, each R2 is the same and is ethyl.

In some ments of a Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R4 and R5 are the same and each is H.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R4 and R5 are the same and each is C1-C6 alkyl. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R4 and R5 are the same and each is methyl.

In some embodiments of Formula Ic, a Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, a Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3-membered yclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 4- membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 5-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring. In some embodiments of Formula Ic, Formula Ic-i, or Formula Ic-ii, R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

Some embodiments of Formula A include every combination of one or more compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof selected from the following group shown in Table A.

Table A Congound Chemical Structure Chemical Name 8'—ethyl-2',3',4',4a',5'— pentahydro- l 'H- 101 dispiro[cyclopropane- l ,6'— cyclopropane-7', l " - N naphtho[ l ,8 -cd] -azepine] Compound Chemical ure Chemical Name 6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6' hexahydro-I'H- spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,7'- naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] (S)-6',6'—dimethyl- 2',3',4',4a',5',6'—hexahydr0- 1'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,7'— naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] (R)-6',6'—dimethyl- 2',3',4',4a',5',6'—hexahydr0- 1'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,7'— naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] 8'—flu0r0-2‘,3',4',4a',5'— pentahydro- 1 'H- 105 0[cyclopr0pane-1,6'— cyclopropane-7',1"- 0[1,8-cd]-azepine] 8-br0m0-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- 106 octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- 107 octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd] azepine 2',3',4',4a',5'—pentahydr0-1'H- dispir0[cyclobutane-1,6'— cyclopropane-7',1"- naphth0[1,8-cd]-azepine] Compound Chemical Structure Chemical Name 8-br0m0-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine (S)-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine 8-ch10r0-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- 111 octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine (R)-7',7'—dimethyl- 2',3',4',4a',5',7'—hexahydr0- 1'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,6'— naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] (R)-2',3',4',4a',5'—pentahydr0- 1'H-dispir0[cyclopr0pane- 1,6'—cyclopr0pane-7',1"- naphth0[1,8-cd]-azepine] (S)-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydr0- 1'H-dispir0[cyclopr0pane- yclopr0pane-7',1"- naphth0[1,8-cd]-azepine] (S)-7',7'—dimethyl- 2',3',4',4a',5',7'—hexahydr0- ir0[cyclopr0pane-1,6'— naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] Compound Chemical ure Chemical Name 8'-methyl-2',3',4',4a',5'— pentahydro- 1 'H- 116 5?? dispir0[cyclopr0pane-1,6'— cyclopropane-7',1"- naphth0[1,8-cd]-azepine] 2',3',4',4a',5',6'—hexahydr0- 117 fig 1 'H-spir0[cyclohexane-1,7'- naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] (7&1?)- ,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a- 118 decahydr0-4H- cyclopenta[5 ,6]naphtho [ 1 ,8 - Cd] e 8'-flu0r0-6',6'—dimethyl- 2',3',4',4a',5',6'—hexahydr0- 1'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,7'— naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] 7-cyclopr0pyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine 7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7' hexahydro-I'H- cyclopr0pane-1,6'- naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] (R)-7,7-dimethyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine Compound Chemical ure Chemical Name (S)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'— hexahydro-I'H- spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,7'- 0[1,8-cd]azepine] (S)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'— hexahydro- 1 'H- spir0[cyclobutane-1,7'- naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] (R)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'— hexahydro-I'H- spir0[cyclobutane-1,7'- naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] 8-meth0xy-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- 126 octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine 8-cyclopr0pyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine 2',3',4',4a',5',6'—hexahydr0- 128 1'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,7'— naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] 2',3',4',4a',5'—pentahydr0-1'H- 0[cyclopentane-1,6'— cyclopropane-7',1"- naphth0[1,8-cd]-azepine] Compound Chemical Structure al Name 2',3',4',4a',5'—pentahydr0-1'H- dispir0[cyclopr0pane-1,6'— cyclopropane-7',1"- IZ naphth0[1,8-cd]-azepine] 2',3',4',4a',5',6'—hexahydr0- 131 1'H-spir0[cyclobutane-1,7'— naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] ,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a- 132 decahydr0-4H- cyclopenta[5 ,6]naphtho [ 1 ,8 - Cd] azepine (R)-8'-flu0r0-2',3',4',4a',5'— pentahydro- 1 'H- 133 dispir0[cyclopr0pane-1,6'— cyclopropane-7',1"- naphth0[1,8-cd]-azepine] (S)-8'-flu0r0-2',3',4',4a',5'— pentahydro- 1 'H- 134 dispir0[cyclopr0pane-1,6'— cyclopropane-7',1"- naphth0[1,8-cd]-azepine] 7,7-dimethy1—1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- 135 octahydronaphthofl ,8 - Cd]azepine (R)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'— dro- 1 'H- spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,7'- naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] Congwund Chemical Structure Chemical Name N? 2',3',4',4a',5',6'—hexahydro- 137 1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 8-fiuoro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- 138 NE octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine O methyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7- 139 hexahydro-lH- isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine ,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a- NE decahydro-4H- Cyclopenta[5,6]naphth0[1,8- cd]azepine In some embodiments, provided herein are intermediates disclosed in Figures 2-11, wherein the variables in the figures have the same definition as described herein.

Compounds of Formula A or I may be prepared, for example, as disclosed in the synthetic s of Figures 2-11 herein. Such schemes are intended to be illustrative and not intended to be limiting. The skilled artisan can readily understand and appreciate that the schemes may be modified in ways known in the art to arrive at the same or different compounds of Formula A or I. As a non- limiting example, the sulfonamide precursors of the compounds of Formula A or I shown in Figures 2- may be optionally converted to N-BOC protected compounds of Formula A or I by conducting the on in the presence of at protecting agent such as (BOC)ZO. The N—BOC ted compounds may then be deprotected to provide compounds of Formula A or I by ways known in the art.

Additionally, individual compounds and al genera provided herein, including, isomers, diastereoisomers and enantiomers f, encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates, thereof. Further, mesoisomers of individual compounds and al genera provided herein encompass all pharmaceutically acceptable salts, es and particularly es, thereof.

The compounds provided herein may be prepared according to relevant published literature procedures that are used by one d in the art. Exemplary reagents and procedures for these reactions appear hereinafter in the working Examples. Protection and deprotection may be carried out by procedures generally known in the art (see, for example, , T. W. and Wnts, P. G. M., Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, 1999 [WileyD.

It is understood that the present ion(s) embrace, each isomer, each diastereoisomer, each enantiomer and mixtures thereof of each compound and generic formulae disclosed herein just as if they were each individually disclosed with the specific stereochemical designation for each chiral carbon. Separation of the dual isomers and enantiomers (such as, by chiral HPLC, recrystallization of diastereoisomeric mixtures and the like) or selective synthesis (such as, by enantiomeric selective syntheses and the like) of the dual isomers can be accomplished by application of various methods which are well known to tioners in the art. In some embodiments, a compound disclosed herein may exist as a stereoisomer that is substantially free of other stereoisomers. The term antially free of other stereoisomers" as used herein means less than 10% of other stereoisomers, such as less than 5% of other stereoisomers, such as less than 2% of other stereoisomers, such as less than 2% of other stereoisomers are present.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for treatment of the human or animal body by y.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for decreasing food intake.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for inducing satiety.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the ent of obesity.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the prevention of obesity.

Also provided are nds for use in weight management.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgical weight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management ses weight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises maintenance of weight loss.

In some ments, the weight ment further comprises a reduced-calorie diet.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a program of regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises both a reduced-calorie diet and a program of regular se.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is an obese t with an initial body mass index 2 30 kg/m2.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is an overweight patient with an initial body mass index 2 27 kg/m2 in the presence of at least one weight related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight related co-morbid condition is selected from: hypertension, dyslipidemia, vascular disease, glucose intolerance, and sleep apnea.

Also provided are compounds for use in the treatment of antipsychotic-induced weight gain.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in combination with one or more type 2 diabetes medications.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetes treatments is reduced.

In some ments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetes treatments is ated.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the prevention of type 2 diabetes.

In some embodiments the need for other type 2 diabetes treatments is reduced.

In some embodiments the need for other type 2 diabetes treatments is eliminated.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of Prader-Willi syndrome.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of addiction.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of drug and alcohol addiction.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of alcohol addiction.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of drug addiction.

In some embodiments, the drug is selected from amine, a substituted amphetamine, a benzodiazepine, an atypical benzodiazepine receptor ligand, marijuana, e, methorphan, GHB, LSD, ketamine, a ine reuptake inhibitor, nicotine, an opiate, PCP, a substituted phenethylamine, psilocybin, and an anabolic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is nicotine.

In some embodiments, the drug is amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is methamphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a benzodiazepine.

In some embodiments, the drug is an atypical benzodiazepine receptor ligand.

In some embodiments, the drug is marijuana.

In some embodiments, the drug is cocaine.

In some embodiments, the drug is dextromethorphan.

In some ments, the drug is GHB.

In some embodiments, the drug is LSD.

In some embodiments, the drug is ketamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a monoamine reuptake inhibitor.

In some embodiments, the drug is an opiate.

In some ments, the drug is PCP.

In some embodiments, the drug is a tuted phenethylamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is psilocybin.

In some embodiments, the drug is an anabolic d.

Also provided are compounds for aiding smoking cessation.

Also provided are compounds for the ent of tobacco dependence.

Also provided are nds for the treatment of nicotine dependence.

Also provided are compounds for the treatment of alcoholism.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the ent of pathological gambling.

Also ed are compounds for use in a method for the ent of reward deficiency syndrome.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of sex addiction.

Also provided are nds for use in a method for the treatment of an obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of an impulse control disorder.

Also ed are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of nail-biting.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of onychophagia.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of a sleep disorder.

Also provided are nds for use in a method for the treatment of insomnia.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of fragmented sleep architecture.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of a disturbance of slow- wave sleep.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of urinary incontinence.

Also provided are nds for use in a method for the treatment of a atric er.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of schizophrenia.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of anorexia nervosa.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of bulimia nervosa.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of Alzheimer disease.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of le dysfunction.

Also ed are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of epilepsy.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of a movement disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of parkinsonism.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of antipsychotic-induced movement disorder.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of hypertension.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the ent of dyslipidemia.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease.

Also provided are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of obesity-related renal disease.

Also ed are compounds for use in a method for the treatment of sleep apnea.

TIONS Weight Management FDA approved for weight loss, BELVIQ is used along with a reduced-calorie diet and increased physical activity for chronic weight ment in adults who are: obese (BMI of 30 kg/m2 or greater), or overweight (BMI of 27 kg/m2 or greater) with at least one weight-related medical condition (for example, high blood pressure, high cholesterol, or type 2 diabetes) (www.belviq.com).

In some embodiments, an individual in need of weight management is an individual who is overweight. In some embodiments, an individual in need of weight management is an individual who has excess visceral adiposity. In some ments, an individual in need of weight management is an individual who is obese. To determine whether an individual is overweight or obese one can determine a body weight, a body mass index (BMI), a waist circumference or a body fat percentage of the individual to determine if the individual meets a body weight threshold, a BMI threshold, a waist circumference threshold or a body fat percentage threshold.

Determination of body weight can be h the use of a visual estimation of body weight, the use of a weight measuring device, such as an electronic weight scale or a mechanical beam scale. In some embodiments, an individual in need of weight ment is an adult male with a body weight greater than about 90 kg, greater than about 100 kg, or greater than about 110 kg. In some embodiments, an individual in need of weight management is an adult female with a body weight greater than about 80 kg, greater than about 90 kg, or greater than about 100 kg. In some embodiments, the individual is prepubertal and has a body weight greater than about 30 kg, greater than about 40 kg, or greater than about 50 kg.

Whether an individual is overweight or obese can be determined on the basis of their body mass index (BMI) which is calculated by dividing body weight (kg) by height squared (m2). Thus, the units of BMI are kg/m2 and it is possible to calculate the BMI range ated with minimum mortality in each decade of life. According to the fication from the World Health Organization .), overweight is defined as a BMI in the range 25-30 kg/m2, and obesity as a BMI greater than 30 kg/m2 (see below for a detailed W.H.O. BMI classification).

The International Classification of Adult Underweight, Overweight, and Obesity Accordin_ to BMI (World Health Or_anization) BMI (kg/m2) Classification Principal f points onal cut-off points < 18-50 «600 16.99 17.00-18.49 23.00 - 24.99 225.00 27.50 - 29.99 23000 3000-3249 4;\1 BMI (kg/m Classification ) Principal cut-off points Additional cut-off points 32.50 - 34.99 -00 Obese class 11 35.00 - 37-49 — 3999 37.50 — 39.99 Obese class III 2 4000 2 40.00 The y range of BMI, and other measures of whether one is overweight or obese, can also be dependent on c or racial ences. For example, since Asian populations develop negative health consequences at a lower BMI than Caucasians, some nations have redefined obesity for their populations. For example, in Japan any BMI greater than 25 is defined as obese and in China any BMI greater than 28 is defined as obese. Similarly, different threshold values for body , waist circumference or body fat percentage can be used for ent populations of individuals. The additional cut-off points included in the table above (for example, 23, 27.5, 32.5 and 37.5) were added as points for public health action. The WHO ends that countries should use all categories for reporting purposes with a view to facilitating international comparisons. ination of BMI can be through the use of a visual estimation of BMI, the use of a height measuring device such as a stadiometer or a height rod and the use of a weight measuring device, such as an electronic weight scale or a mechanical beam scale. In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is an adult with a BMI of greater than about 25 kg/mz, greater than about 26 kg/mz, greater than about 27 kg/mz, r than about 28 kg/mz, greater than about 29 kg/mz, greater than about 30 kg/mz, greater than about 31 kg/mz, greater than about 32 d kg/mz, greater than about 33 kg/mz, greater than about 34 kg/mz, greater than about 35 kg/mz, greater than about 36 kg/mz, greater than about 37 kg/mz, greater than about 38 kg/mz, greater than about 39 kg/mz, or greater than about 40 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual is prepubertal with a BMI of greater than about 20 kg/mz, greater than about 21 kg/mz, greater than about 22 kg/mz, greater than about 23 kg/mz, greater than about 24 kg/mz, greater than about 25 kg/mz, greater than about 26 kg/mz, greater than about 27 kg/mz, greater than about 28 kg/mz, r than about 29 kg/mz, greater than about 30 kg/mz, greater than about 31 kg/mz, greater than about 32 kg/mz, greater than about 33 kg/mz, greater than about 34 kg/mz, or greater than about 35 kg/mz.

Determination of waist circumference can be through the use of a visual estimation of waist circumference or the use of a waist circumference measuring device such as a tape measure.

Determinations of the healthy range of waist circumference and percentage body fat in an individual are ent on gender. For example, women typically have smaller waist circumferences than men and so the waist circumference old for being overweight or obese is lower for a woman.

In addition, women typically have a greater tage of body fat than men and so the percentage body fat threshold for being overweight or obese for a woman is higher than for a man. Further, the healthy range of BMI and other measures of whether one is overweight or obese can be dependent on age. For example, the body weight threshold for considering whether one is overweight or obese is lower for a child bertal individual) than an adult. 2016/044426 In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is an adult male with a waist circumference of greater than about 100 cm, greater than about 110 cm, greater than about 120 cm, greater than about 110 cm or an adult female with a waist circumference of greater than about 80 cm, r than about 90 cm, or r than about 100 cm. In some embodiments, the individual is prepubertal with a waist circumference of about of greater than about 60 cm, greater than about 70 cm, or greater than about 80 cm. ination of body fat percentage can be through the use of a visual estimation of body fat percentage or the use of a body fat percentage measuring device such as ctric impedance, computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, near infrared interactance, dual energy X ray absorptiometry, use of ultrasonic waves, use of body average density measurement, use of skinfold methods, or use of height and circumference methods. In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is an adult male with a body fat percentage of greater than about 25%, greater than about 30%, or greater than about 35% or an adult female with a body fat percentage of greater than about 30%, greater than about 35%, or greater than about 40%. In some embodiments, the individual is ertal with a body fat percentage of greater than about 30%, greater than about 35%, or greater than about 40%.

In some embodiments, modifying the administration of the compounds provided herein ses prescribing or administering a weight loss drug or procedure to the individual to be used in combination with the compounds provided herein.

Antipsychotic-induced Weight Gain Antipsychotic-induced weight gain is a serious side effect of ychotic medication that can lead to increased morbidity, mortality, and non-compliance in patients. The mechanisms underlying weight gain resulting from antipsychotic drugs are not fully understood, although antagonism of the 5 - HTZC receptor is likely to contribute. Animal s indicate that the drugs most likely to cause weight gain, clozapine and olanzapine, have direct effects on the neuropeptide Y-containing neurons of the hypothalamus; these neurons mediate the effects of the circulating anorexigenic hormone leptin on the control of food intake (Association Between Early and Rapid Weight Gain and Change in Weight Over One Year of Olanzapine Therapy in Patients with Schizophrenia and d Disorders; Kinon, B. J. et al., Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology , 25(3), 255-25 8). Furthermore, significant overall weight gain has been found in schizophrenic or related er patients undergoing therapy with the 5- HTZC-receptor antagonist, olanzapine (The 5-HT2C Receptor and Antipsychotic-Indnced Weight Gain - Mechanisms and Genetics; Reynolds G. P. et al.; l of Psychopharmacology (2006), 20(4 Suppl), -8). Accordingly, 5-HT2C-receptor agonists such as compounds ed herein are useful for treating antipsychotic-induced weight gain.

Diabetes WO 23679 It is known that 5-HT2C-receptor agonists significantly improve glucose tolerance and reduce plasma insulin in murine models of obesity and type 2 diabetes at concentrations of agonist that have no effect on ingestive behavior, energy expenditure, locomotor activity, body weight, or fat mass onin 2C Receptor Agonists Improve Type 2 Diabetes via Melanocortin-4 Receptor Signaling ys; Ligang, Z. et al., Cell Metab. 2007 November 7; 6(5): 5).

As a part of a phase 3 clinical trial program, BELVIQ was evaluated in a randomized, placebo- controlled, multi-site, double-blind trial of 604 adults with poorly controlled type 2 diabetes mellitus treated with oral hyperglycemic agents (“BLOOM-DM”). Within the glycemic, lipid and blood pressure families, patients in the BELVIQ group achieved tically significant improvements relative to placebo in HbA1c and g glucose. BELVIQ (10 mg BID) patients achieved a 0.9% reduction in HbA1c, compared to a 0.4% reduction for the placebo group (p < 0.0001) and a 27.4% reduction in fasting glucose, compared to a 11.9% reduction for the placebo group (p < 0.001). Among patients with type 2 diabetes, the use of medications to treat diabetes decreased in patients taking BELVIQ concurrently with mean improvement in glycemic control. In particular, mean daily doses of sulfonylureas and thiazolidinediones decreased 16-24% in the BELVIQ groups, and increased in the placebo group (Effect ofLorcaserin on the Use of Concomitant Medications for Dyslipidemia, Hypertension and Type 2 Diabetes during Phase 3 Clinical Trials Assessing Weight Loss in Patients with Type 2 es; Vargas, E. et al.; Abstracts of Papers, Obesity Society 30th Annual Scientific Meeting, San o, Texas, Sept. 20-24 2012, (2012), 471-P). In s that excluded patients with diabetes the population was insulin resistant, as indicated by ne homeostasis model of assessment - insulin resistance (HOMA-IR) values greater than 1.5. Mean fasting glucose was statistically significantly decreased by BELVIQ (-0.2 mg/dL) compared to placebo (+0.6 mg/dL), and BELVIQ caused a small but statistically significant decrease in HbA1c. In one study, fasting insulin decreased significantly in the BELVIQ group (-3.3 uIU/mL) ve to placebo (-1.3 uIU/mL), resulting in significant improvement in insulin resistance (indicated by HOMA-IR) in the BELVIQ group (-0.4) compared with placebo (-0.2). Accordingly the compounds provided herein are useful for the prevention and treatment of type 2 diabetes.

Prader-Willi Syndrome Prader-Willi me (PWS) is a maternally ted human er resulting from a loss of paternal gene expression on chromosome 15q11-13 that is characterized by a x phenotype ing cognitive deficits, infantile hypotonia and failure to thrive, short stature, hypogonadism and hyperphagia which can lead to morbid obesity (Goldstone, 2004; Nicholls and Knepper, 2001). There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT2C-receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein for treating PWS (Mice with altered serotonin 2C receptor RNA editing display characteristics ofPrader- Willi syndrome. Morabito, M.V. et al., Neurobiology of Disease 39 2010) 169-180; and Self-injurious behavior and serotonin in Prader-Willi syndrome. Hellings, J. A. and Warnock, J. K.

Psychopharmacology in (1994), 30(2), 245 -50).

Substance Abuse and other Addiction Addiction is a primary, c disease of brain reward, motivation, memory, and related circuitry. Dysfunction in these circuits leads to characteristic biological, psychological, social, and spiritual manifestations. This is reflected in an individual pathologically pursuing reward and/or relief by substance use and other behaviors. Addiction is terized by inability to consistently n, impairment in behavioral control, craving, diminished recognition of significant problems with one’ s behaviors and interpersonal relationships, and a dysfunctional emotional response. Like other chronic diseases, addiction often involves cycles of relapse and remission. Without treatment or engagement in ry ties, addiction is progressive and can result in disability or premature death.

The power of external cues to trigger craving and drug use, as well as to increase the frequency of engagement in other potentially addictive behaviors, is also a characteristic of addiction, with the hippocampus being important in memory of previous euphoric or dysphoric ences, and with the amygdala being important in having motivation concentrate on ing behaviors associated with these past experiences. Although some believe that the difference between those who have addiction, and those who do not, is the quantity or frequency of alcohol/drug use, engagement in addictive behaviors (such as gambling or spending), or exposure to other external rewards (such as food or sex), a characteristic aspect of addiction is the qualitative way in which the individual responds to such exposures, stressors and environmental cues. A particularly pathological aspect of the way that persons with ion pursue substance use or external rewards is that preoccupation with, obsession with and/or pursuit of rewards (e.g., alcohol and other drug use) persist e the accumulation of adverse consequences. These manifestations can occur sively or ively, as a ion of ed ts of the 5-HT2C receptor such as the compounds provided herein are active in rodent models of substance abuse, ion and relapse, and there is strong support in the literature that such agonists act via modulation of dopamine function. 1. Smoking & Tobacco Use Tobacco use can lead to tobacco/nicotine dependence and serious health problems. Cessation can significantly reduce the risk of suffering from smoking-related diseases. Tobacco/nicotine dependence is a chronic condition that often requires repeated interventions. 2. Drug addiction There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT2C-receptor agonists such as nds provided herein for treating drug addiction (Novel Pharmacotherapeatic Approaches for the Treatment ofDrug Addiction and Craving; Heidbreder et al, t Opinion in Pharmacology (2005), 5(1), 107- 1 18). 3. Alcoholism There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT2C-receptor ts such as compounds provided herein for treating alcoholism (An Investigation of the Role of 5-HT2C Receptors in ing Ethanol Self-Administration Behaviour; Tomkins et al. cology, biochemistry, and behavior (2002), 71(4), 735-44). 4. Pathological Gambling There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT2C-receptor ts such as compounds provided herein for treating pathological gambling. Marazziti, D. et al. found that the maximum binding capacity of the platelet 5-HT transporter ogical gambling patients was significantly lower than that of healthy subjects. Pathological gambling ts showed a dysfunction at the level of the platelet 5-HT transporter that would suggest the involvement of the 5-HT system in this condition.

(Decreased Density of the Platelet nin orter in Pathological rs; Marazziti, D. et al., Neuropsychobiology (2008), 57(1-2), 38-43.) . Reward Deficiency Syndrome; Sex Addiction The nergic system, and in particular the dopamine D2 receptor, has been implicated in reward mechanisms. The net effect of neurotransmitter interaction at the mesolimbic brain region induces “reward” when dopamine (DA) is released from the neuron at the s accumbens and interacts with a dopamine D2 receptor. “The reward cascade” involves the release of serotonin, which in turn at the hypothalamus stimulates enkephalin, which in turn inhibits GABA at the substania nigra, which in turn fine tunes the amount of DA released at the nucleus accumbens or “reward site.” It is well known that under normal conditions in the reward site DA works to maintain our normal . In fact, DA has become to be known as the “pleasure molecule” and/or the “antistress molecule.” When DA is released into the synapse, it stimulates a number a DA receptors (D1-D5) which results in increased feelings of well-being and stress reduction. A sus of the literature suggests that when there is a dysfunction in the brain reward cascade, which could be caused by certain genetic variants (polygenic), especially in the DA system causing a hypodopaminergic trait, the brain of that person requires a DA fix to feel good. This trait leads to multiple drug-seeking behavior. This is so e alcohol, cocaine, , marijuana, nicotine, and glucose all cause activation and neuronal release of brain DA, which could heal the abnormal cravings. Certainly after ten years of study we could say with confidence that carriers of the DAD2 receptor A1 allele have compromised D2 receptors. Therefore lack of D2 receptors causes individuals to have a high risk for multiple addictive, impulsive and compulsive behavioral propensities, such as severe alcoholism, cocaine, heroin, marijuana and nicotine use, glucose ng, pathological gambling, sex addiction, ADHD, Tourette’s Syndrome, autism, c violence, aumatic stress disorder, schizoid/avoidant cluster, conduct disorder and antisocial behavior. In order to explain the breakdown of the reward cascade due to both multiple genes and environmental stimuli (pleiotropism) and resultant aberrant behaviors, Blum united this hypodopaminergic trait under the rubric of a reward deficiency syndrome. (Reward Deficiency Syndrome: a Biogenetic Modelfor the Diagnosis and ent ofImpulsive, Addictive, and Compulsive Behaviors; Blum K. et al.; Journal of active drugs (2000), 32 Suppl, i-iv, 1-112.) Accordingly, compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of reward deficiency syndrome, multiple addictive, impulsive and compulsive behavioral propensities, such as severe alcoholism, cocaine, heroin, marijuana and nicotine use, glucose bingeing, pathological ng, sex addiction, ADHD, Tourette’s Syndrome, autism, chronic violence, posttraumatic stress disorder, schizoid/avoidant cluster, conduct disorder and antisocial behavior. In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of sex addiction.

Obsessive-compulsive Spectrum Disorders; Impulse Control Disorders; Onychophagia The morbidity of obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders (OCSD), a group of conditions related to obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD) by phenomenological and etiological similarities, is increasingly recognized. Serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SRIs) have shown benefits as first-line, short- term treatments for body dysmorphic disorder, hypochondriasis, phagia, and psychogenic excoriation, with some benefits in trichotillomania, pathological gambling, and compulsive buying.

(Obsessive-Compulsive Spectrum Disorders: a Review of the Evidence-Based Treatments. Ravindran A. V., et al., Canadian journal of psychiatry, (2009), 54(5), ). Furthermore, impulse control disorders such as trichotillomania (hair-pulling), pathological gambling, nia, kleptomania, and ittent ive disorder, as well as onychophagia (nail-biting), are treated by administering a serotonin reuptake inhibitor such as clomipramine, fiuvoxamine, ine, dine, and sertraline or their salts. Significant improvement was noted with clomipramine in a 5-week trial (Method of Treating tillomania and Onychophagia, Swedo, S. E. et al., PCT Int. Appl. (1992), WC 9218005 A1 19921029). Accordingly, compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of body dysmorphic disorder, hypochondriasis, onychophagia, psychogenic excoriation, trichotillomania, pathological gambling, compulsive buying, nia, kleptomania, and intermittent explosive disorder. In some embodiments, nds provided herein are useful for the treatment of onychophagia.

Sleep There is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT2C-receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein for ng insomnia, for increasing slow-wave sleep, for sleep consolidation, and for treating fragmented sleep architecture. (The Role ofDorsal Raphe Nucleus Serotonergic and Non- nergic Neurons, and of their Receptors, in Regulating Waking and Rapid Eye Movement (REM) Sleep; Monti, J. M.; Sleep medicine s (2010), 14(5), 319-27). Furthermore, 5-HT2C-receptor ut mice exhibit more wakefulness and less slow wave sleep than do wild-types (Serotonin IB and 2C or ctions in the Modulation ofFeeding Behaviour in the Mouse; Dalton, G. L. et al., Psychopharmacology (2006), 185(1), 45-57). However, the 5-HT2C-receptor agonist, m- chlorophenylpiperazine (mCPP) has been shown to se slow-wave sleep in humans (Decreased Tryptopltan Availability but Normal Post-Synaptic 5-H72C Receptor Sensitivity in Chronic Fatigue Syndrome; Vassallo, C. M. et al., Psychological medicine , 31(4), ).

Urinary Incontinence The serotoninergic system has been widely implicated in the control of urinary r on. It has been demonstrated that preganglionic fibers and ganglionic serotoninergic neurons, expressing the 5-HT3 and 5-HT4 receptors, and the effector smooth muscle cells, expressing 5-HT1 and -HT2 receptors, are actively involved in the regulation of the bladder contractile activity in rabbits (Role of Serotonin Receptors in Regulation of Contractile Activity of Urinary Bladder in Rabbits; Lychkova, A. E. and Pavone, L. M., Urology 2013 Mar;81(3):696). Furthermore, there is support in the literature for the use of 5-HT2C-receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein for treating urinary incontinence (Discovery ofa Novel Azepine Series ofPotent and Selective 5-HT2C ts as Potential Treatments for Urinary Incontinence; n et al.; Bioorganic & medicinal chemistry letters (2009), 19(17), 003).

Psychiatric Disorders There is support in the ture for the use of 5-HT2C-receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein for and prodrugs thereof for treating psychiatric disorders (5-HT25 Receptor Agonists as an Innovative Approachfor Psychiatric Disorders; Rosenzweig-Lipson et al., Drug news & perspectives (2007), 20(9), 565-71; and Naughton et al., Human Psychopharmacology (2000), 15(6), 397-415). 1. Schizophrenia The 5-HT2C receptor is a highly complex, highly regulated receptor which is widely distributed throughout the brain. The 5-HT2C receptor s to multiple signal transduction pathways g to engagement of a number of intracellular signaling molecules. Moreover, there are multiple allelic ts of the 5-HT2C receptor and the receptor is subject to RNA editing in the coding s. The complexity of this receptor is further emphasized by the studies suggesting the utility of either agonists or antagonists in the treatment of schizophrenia. The nical e of 5-HT2C agonists from a neurochemical, ophysiological, and a behavioral ctive is indicative of antipsychotic-like efficacy without extrapyramidal ms or weight gain. Recently, the selective 5-HT2C agonist vabicaserin demonstrated clinical efficacy in a Phase II trial in schizophrenia patients without weight gain and with low extrapyramidal side effects liability. These data are highly encouraging and suggest that the compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of psychiatric disorders, such as schizophrenia (5-HT2C Agonists as Therapeuticsfor the Treatment ofSchizophrenia. Rosenzweig- , S. et al., Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology (2012), 213 (Novel hizophrenia Treatments), 147-165). 2. Eating Disorders -HT2C receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of psychiatric symptoms and behaviors in individuals with eating disorders such as, but not d to, anorexia a and bulimia nervosa. duals with anorexia nervosa often demonstrate social isolation. Anorexic individuals often present symptoms of being depressed, anxious, obsession, perfectionistic traits, and rigid cognitive styles as well as sexual disinterest. Other eating disorders include, anorexia a, bulimia nervosa, binge eating disorder (compulsive eating) and ED-NOS (i.e., eating disorders not otherwise specified - an official diagnosis). An individual diagnosed with ED- NOS possess atypical eating disorders including situations in which the individual meets all but a few of the criteria for a particular diagnosis. What the individual is doing with regard to food and weight is neither normal nor healthy.

Alzheimer Disease The 5-HT2C receptor plays a role in Alzheimer Disease (AD). Therapeutic agents currently prescribed AD are cholinomimetic agents that act by inhibiting the enzyme acetylcholinesterase. The resulting effect is increased levels of acetylcholine, which modestly improves al function and ion in patients with AD. Although, dysfunction of cholinergic brain neurons is an early manifestation of AD, attempts to slow the progression of the e with these agents have had only modest success, perhaps because the doses that can be administered are limited by eral cholinergic side effects, such as s, nausea, vomiting, and dry mouth. In addition, as AD progresses, these agents tend to lose their iveness due to continued cholinergic neuronal loss. ore, there is a need for agents that have ial effects in AD, ularly in alleviating symptoms by improving cognition and g or inhibiting disease progression, without the side effects observed with current therapies. Therefore, serotonin 5-HT2C receptors, which are exclusively expressed in brain, are attractive targets and agonists of 5-HT2C receptors such as compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of AD.

Sexual Dysfunction; Erectile dysfunction Another disease, disorder or condition that can is associated with the function of the 5-HT2C receptor is erectile dysfunction (ED). Erectile dysfunction is the inability to achieve or in an erection sufficiently rigid for intercourse, ejaculation, or both. An estimated 20-30 million men in the United States have this condition at some time in their lives. The ence of the condition increases with age. Five percent of men 40 years of age report ED. This rate increases to between 15% and 25% by the age of 65, and to 55% in men over the age of 75 years.

Erectile dysfunction can result from a number of distinct problems. These include loss of desire or libido, the inability to maintain an erection, premature ejaculation, lack of emission, and inability to achieve an orgasm. Frequently, more than one of these problems presents themselves simultaneously.

The conditions may be secondary to other e states (typically chronic conditions), the result of specific disorders of the urogenital system or endocrine system, ary to treatment with pharmacological agents (e. g. antihypertensive drugs, antidepressant drugs, antipsychotic drugs, etc.) or the result of psychiatric problems. Erectile dysfunction, when organic, is primarily due to vascular irregularities associated with atherosclerosis, diabetes, and hypertension.

There is evidence for use of a serotonin 5-HT2C agonist for the treatment of sexual ction in males and s. The serotonin 5-HT2C or is involved with the processing and integration of sensory information, regulation of central monoaminergic s, and modulation of neuroendocrine responses, anxiety, feeding behavior, and cerebrospinal fluid tion (Tecott, L. H., et al. Nature 374: 542-546 (1995)). In addition, the serotonin 5-HT2C receptor has been implicated in the ion of penile erections in rats, monkeys, and humans. Accordingly the compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of sexual dysfunction and erectile dysfunction.

Seizure ers Evidence suggests a role for the monoamines, norepinephrine and serotonin, in the pathophysiology of e disorders (Electrophysiological ment ofMonoamine ic on in Neuronal Circuits ofSeizure Susceptible Brains; Waterhouse, B. D.; Life Sciences (1986), 39(9), ). Accordingly, 5-HT2C receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatment of seizure disorders.

Epilepsy is a syndrome of episodic brain dysfunction characterized by recurrent unpredictable, spontaneous seizures. Cerebellar dysfunction is a recognized complication of temporal lobe epilepsy and it is associated with seizure generation, motor deficits and memory impairment. Serotonin is known to exert a modulatory action on cerebellar function through 5-HT2C receptors. (Down-regulation of Cerebellar 5-HT2C Receptors in Pilocarpine-Induced Epilepsy in Rats: Therapeutic Role ofBacopa ri Extract; Krishnakumar, A. et al., Journal of the Neurological Sciences (2009), 284(1-2), 124- 128). Mutant mice lacking functional 5-HT2C-receptors are also prone to neous death from seizures (Eating Disorder and Epilepsy in Mice Lacking 5-HT2C Serotonin Receptors; Tecott, L. H. et al., Nature. 1995 Apr 6522):542-6). Furthermore, in a preliminary trial of the selective nin reuptake inhibitor citalopram as an add on treatment in non-depressed ts with poorly controlled epilepsy, the median seizure frequency dropped by 55.6% (The Anticonvulsant Efiect of Citalopram as an Indirect Evidence tonergic ment in Human Epileptogenesis; Favale, E. et al., Seizure. 2003 Jul;12(5):316-8). Accordingly, 5-HT2C receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatment of epilepsy. For e, 5-HT2C receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatment of generalized nonconvulsive epilepsy, generalized convulsive epilepsy, petit mal status epilepticus, grand mal status epilepticus, partial epilepsy with or without impairment of consciousness, infantile spasms, or epilepsy lis continua.

Dravet Syndrome, also known as severe myoclonic epilepsy of infancy (SMEI), is a catastrophic form of childhood epilepsy in which children are unresponsive to standard anti-epilepsy drugs. The average age of death is 4-6 years. If patients survive beyond this age they will be likely 2016/044426 mentally retarded. Data from case studies over twenty years demonstrates that administering a low-dose of the indirectly-acting serotonin agonist fenfluramine stops patients with Dravet Syndrome fitting.

Accordingly, 5-HT2C receptor ts such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatment of Dravet Syndrome.

Movement Disorders The basal ganglia are a highly onnected group of subcortical nuclei in the vertebrate brain that play a al role not only in the control of movements but also in some cognitive and behavioral functions. Several recent studies have emphasized that serotonergic pathways in the central nervous system (CNS) are intimately involved in the modulation of the basal ganglia and in the pathophysiology of human ntary movement disorders. These observations are supported by anatomical evidence demonstrating large serotonergic innervation of the basal ganglia. In fact, serotonergic terminals have been reported to make synaptic contacts with dopamine (DA)-containing neurons and y—aminobutyric acid (GABA)-containing neurons in the striatum, globus pallidus, subthalamus and substantia nigra.

These brain areas contain the t concentration of serotonin (5-HT), with the substantia nigra pars reticulata receiving the greatest input. rmore, in these structures a high sion of 5-HT different receptor subtypes has been revealed (Serotonin Involvement in the Basal Ganglia Pathophysiology: Could the 5-HT2C Receptor be a New Targetfor Therapeutic Strategies? Di Giovanni, G. et al., Current medicinal Chemistry (2006), 13(25), 3069-81). Accordingly, 5-HT2C or ts such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatment of movement disorders. In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are useful for the treatment of parkisonism. In some embodiments, compounds provided herein are useful for the ent of movement disorders associated with antipsychotic drug use.

Hypertension In clinical trials in ts without type 2 diabetes, 2.2% of patients on BELVIQ and 1.7% of patients on placebo decreased total daily dose of antihypertensive medications, while 2.2% and 3.0%, respectively, increased total daily dose. In patients without type 2 diabetes, numerically more patients who were treated with placebo initiated dyslipidemia and hypertension therapy as compared to those treated with BELVIQ. In patients with type 2 diabetes, 8.2% on BELVIQ and 6.0% of patients on placebo sed total daily dose of antihypertensive medications, while 6.6% and 6.3%, respectively, increased total daily dose (Effect ofLorcaserin on the Use of Concomitant Medicationsfor Dyslipidemia, ension and Type 2 Diabetes during Phase 3 Clinical Trials Assessing Weight Loss in Patients with Type 2 es; , E. et al.; Abstracts of Papers, Obesity Society 30th Annual Scientific g, San Antonio, Texas, Sept. 20-24 2012, (2012), 471-P). Accordingly, 5-HT2C receptor agonists such as compounds provided , are useful for the treatment of hypertension.

Dyslipidemia In clinical trials in ts without type 2 diabetes, 1.3% of patients on BELVIQ and 0.7% of patients on placebo sed the total daily dose of medications used for treatment of dyslipidemia; 2.6% and 3.4%, respectively, increased use of these medications during the trials. In patients without type 2 diabetes, numerically more ts who were treated with placebo initiated dyslipidemia and ension therapy as compared to those treated with BELVIQ. In patients with type 2 diabetes, 5.5% of patients on BELVIQ BID and 2.4% of patients on placebo decreased the total daily dose of medications used for ent of dyslipidemia; 3.1% and 6.7%, respectively, increased use of these tions during the trials. (Effect ofLorcaserin on the Use of Concomitant Medications for Dyslipidemia, Hypertension and Type 2 Diabetes during Phase 3 Clinical Trials Assessing Weight Loss in Patients with Type 2 es; Vargas, E. et al.; Abstracts of Papers, Obesity Society 30th Annual Scientific Meeting, San Antonio, Texas, Sept. 20-24 2012, (2012), 471-P). Accordingly, 5-HT2C receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatment of dyslipidemia.

Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease asses a range of liver es. Simple steatosis, or fatty liver, is now found in up to 31% of adults and 16% of children. Of those with steatosis, approximately % will develop nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), in which steatosis is anied by inflammation and fibrosis. Up to 25% of NASH patients will progress to cirrhosis. NASH is the third g indication for liver transplantation in the United States and will become the most common if current trends continue. Therefore, understanding its pathogenesis and treatment is of utmost importance. Overall reductions in body weight, through reduced-calorie intake and increased physical activity, are the current mainstays of NASH treatment (Dietary Treatment ofNonalcoholic Steatohepatitis; Perito, E. R., et al.; Disclosures Curr Opin Gastroenterol, 2013; 29(2):170-176).

Accordingly, by virtue of their ability to decrease food intake and induce y, 5-HT2C receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease.

Obesity-related Renal Disease Obesity is established as an important contributor of increased es mellitus, hypertension, and cardiovascular disease, all of which can promote chronic kidney disease. Recently, there is a growing appreciation that, even in the absence of these risks, obesity itself significantly increases chronic kidney e and rates its progression. (Scope and isms ofobesity-related renal disease; Hunley, T. E. et al.; Current Opinion in Nephrology & Hypertension (2010), 19(3), 227-234).

Accordingly, by virtue of their ability to treat obesity, 5-HT2C receptor agonists such as compounds provided herein, are useful for the treatment of obesity-related kidney disease.

Catecholamine Suppression WO 23679 Administering a compound provided herein to an individual causes a reduction of the individual’s norepinephrine level ndently of weight-loss. 5-HT2C or agonists such as compounds ed herein are useful for the treatment of disorders ameliorated by ion of an individual’s nephrine level, wherein said disorders include but are not d to hypernorepinephrinemia, cardiomyopathy, cardiac hypertrophy, cardiomyocyte hypertrophy in postmyocardial infarction remodeling, elevated heart rate, vasoconstriction, acute pulmonary vasoconstriction, hypertension, heart failure, cardiac dysfunction after , cardiac arrhythmia, metabolic syndrome, abnormal lipid metabolism, hyperthermia, Cushing syndrome, pheochromocytoma, sy, obstructive sleep apnea, insomnia, glaucoma, rthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, and .

Also provided is a method for aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a o product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound ed herein. In some embodiments, aiding in the cessation of use of a tobacco product is aiding smoking ion, and the individual attempting to cease use of the tobacco product is an individual attempting to cease smoking.

Also provided is a method for aiding in the cessation of use of a tobacco product and the prevention of associated weight gain comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering an effective amount of a compound ed herein to an individual attempting to cease use of the tobacco product. In some embodiments, aiding in the cessation of use of a tobacco product is aiding smoking cessation, and the individual attempting to cease use of the tobacco product is an individual attempting to cease smoking.

Also provided is a method for reducing the frequency of g tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of g tobacco comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method for reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of treatment for nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an dual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or awal comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided is a method of reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use comprising the step of: prescribing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound provided herein.

WO 23679 Methods related to nicotine addiction and smoking ion Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of g tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco, aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product, aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain, lling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gain associated with smoking ion by an individual attempting to cease g tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or awal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of ne by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use, comprising: ing an individual with an initial BMI Z 27 kg/mz; and ibing and/or administering to the individual an effective amount of a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof for at least one year.

Also provided is a method of reducing the ncy of smoking o in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco, aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product, aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain, controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking o, reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use, comprising: administering a compound selected from compounds ed herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof to an individual; monitoring the individual for BMI during said administration; and discontinuing said administration if the BMI of the individual becomes < 18.5 kg/m2 during said administration.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual ting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco, aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product, aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain, controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking o, reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease g tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or awal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use, comprising: stering a compound selected from nds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof to an individual with an initial BMI S 25 kg/mz; monitoring the individual for body weight during said stration; and discontinuing said stration if the body weight of the individual decreases by more than about 1% during said administration.

In some embodiments, administration is discontinued if the body weight of the individual ses by more than about 2% during said administration. In some embodiments, administration is discontinued if the body weight of the individual decreases by more than about 3% during said administration. In some ments, administration is discontinued if the body weight of the individual decreases by more than about 4% during said administration. In some embodiments, administration is tinued if the body weight of the individual decreases by more than about 5% during said administration.

Also provided is a method of reducing the frequency of g tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce ncy of smoking tobacco, aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product, aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain, controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco, treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal, or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use, comprising: administering a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates f to an individual; monitoring the individual for body weight during said administration; and discontinuing said administration if the body weight of the dual decreases by more than about 1 kg during said stration.

In some embodiments, the compound is for use as an aid to smoking cessation ent. In some embodiments, the nd is for use as an aid for cessation of cigarette smoking. In some embodiments, the nd is for use as an aid to smoking cessation treatment and the prevention of associated weight gain. In some embodiments, the compound is for use as a weight-neutral intervention for smoking cessation. In some embodiments, the weight gain occurs during smoking cessation. In some embodiments, the weight gain occurs post-smoking cessation.

Any embodiment of the invention directed to smoking ion or the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product can be adapted to the cessation or lessening of use of nicotine administration from any and all sources or any individual , including tobacco products (or specific examples f), o replacement therapy (or ic examples thereof), and/or any electronic nicotine delivery system (e.g., electronic cigarettes or al vaporizers). The present invention specifically embraces all such embodiments.

In some embodiments, prior to administration of the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof the individual smokes Z 10 cigarettes per day. In some embodiments, prior to administration of the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof the individual smokes 11-20 cigarettes per day. In some embodiments, prior to administration of the compound ed from nds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof the individual smokes 21-30 cigarettes per day. In some embodiments, prior to administration of the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, es, and hydrates thereof the individual smokes Z 31 cigarettes per day.

In some embodiments, the individual has an initial BMI selected from one of the ing: 2 24 kg/m2, 2 23 kg/m2, 2 22.5 kg/m2, 2 22 kg/m2, 2 21 kg/m2, 2 20 kg/m2, 2 19 kg/m2, or 2 18.5 kg/m2.

In some embodiments, prior to administration, the individual has an initial BMI Z 23 kg/m2. In some embodiments, prior to administration, the dual has an initial BMI 2 22.5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, prior to administration, the individual has an initial BMI Z 22 kg/m2. In some embodiments, prior to administration, the individual has an initial BMI 2 18.5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, prior to administration, the individual has an initial BMI Z 18 kg/m2. In some embodiments, prior to administration, the individual has an initial BMI 2 17.5 kg/m2. In some ments, prior to administration, the individual has an initial body mass index 2 25 kg/m2 and at least one -related comorbid condition.

In some ments, prior to administration, the individual has an initial body mass index 2 27 kg/m2. In some embodiments, prior to administration, the dual has an initial body mass index 2 27 kg/m2 and at least one weight-related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight-related id condition is selected from: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucose intolerance and sleep apnea. In some embodiments, the weight-related comorbid condition is selected from: hypertension, dyslipidemia, and type 2 diabetes.

In some embodiments, prior to administration, the individual has an initial body mass index 2 kg/m2.

In some embodiments, the l BMI of the individual prior to administration is 18.5 to 25 kg/m2.

In some embodiments, the individual is suffering from depression prior to being administered the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, es, and hydrates thereof .

In some embodiments, the dual is ing from a preexisting psychiatric disease prior to being administered the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof .

In some embodiments, the preexisting psychiatric disease is chosen from schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, or major depressive disorder.

In some embodiments, individuals are assessed for nicotine dependence based on the Fagerstrom score. In some embodiments, the individual has a score of 0, 1, or 2. In some embodiments, the individual has a score of 3 or 4. In some embodiments, the dual has a score of 5. In some embodiments, the individual has a score of 6 or 7. In some embodiments, the individual has a score of 8, 9, or 10. In some embodiments, the individual has a score 2 3. In some embodiments, the individual has a score 2 5. In some embodiments, the individual has a score 2 6. In some embodiments, the individual has a score 2 8.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 0, l, or 2 and a BMI < 25 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the dual has a Fagerstrom score of 0, l, or 2 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 0, l, or 2 and a BMI 2 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 3 or 4 and a BMI < 25 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 3 or 4 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 3 or 4 and a BMI 2 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a trom score of 5 and a BMI < 25 kg/m2. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 5 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the dual has a Fagerstrom score of 5 and a BMI 2 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 6 or 7 and a BMI < 25 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the dual has a Fagerstrom score of 6 or 7 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 6 or 7 and a BMI 2 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 8, 9, or 10 and a BMI < 25 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 8, 9, or 10 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of 8, 9, or 10 and a BMI 2 30 kg/m2.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 3 and a BMI < 25 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 3 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 3 and a BMI 2 30 kg/mz.

In some ments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 5 and a BMI < 25 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 5 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 5 and a BMI 2 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 6 and a BMI < 25 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 6 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the dual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 6 and a BMI 2 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 8 and a BMI < 25 kg/mz. In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 8 and a BMI 2 25 kg/m2 and < 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has a Fagerstrom score of Z 8 and a BMI 2 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, a questionnaire is used to evaluate ms experienced during quit, such as the urge to smoke, withdrawal, or reinforcing effects. In some embodiments, the questionnaire is selected from: the ota Nicotine awal Score , Brief onnaire of Smoking Urges (QSU-Brief), McNett Coping Effectiveness Questionnaire (mCEQ), Three-Factor Eating Questionnaire (TFEQ), and Food Craving Inventory (FCI).

WO 23679 In some embodiments, the nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal results from the use of tobacco products. In some embodiments, the nicotine dependency, addiction, and/or withdrawal results from cigarette smoking.

In some embodiments, the nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal results from the use of nicotine replacement therapies.

In some embodiments, the individual is first administered the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof on the target quit day. In some embodiments, the individual is administered the compound at least 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, or 35 days prior to the target quit day. In some embodiments, the individual is administered the nd at least 7 days prior to the target quit day. In some embodiments, the individual is administered the compound about 7 to about 35 days prior to the target quit day. In some embodiments, the individual is administered the nd at least 14 days prior to the target quit day. In some ments, the individual is administered the compound about 14 to about 35 days prior to the target quit day.

In some embodiments, the individual quits smoking between days 8 and 35 of ent. In some embodiments, the individual quits smoking n days 15 and 35 of treatment. In some ments, the individual quits smoking between days 22 and 35 of treatment. In some embodiments, the individual quits smoking on day 8 of treatment. In some embodiments, the individual quits smoking on day 15 of treatment. In some embodiments, the individual quits smoking on day 22 of treatment.

In some embodiments, prior to administering the compound selected from nds provided , and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof, the method further comprises the step of: cting the individual to set a date to cease smoking tobacco. In some embodiments, administration of the compound is initiated about 7 days prior to the date set to cease g tobacco.

In some embodiments, after administering the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof, the method further comprises the step of: instructing the individual to set a date to cease g tobacco. In some embodiments, the date set to cease smoking tobacco occurs after at least 7 days of administration of the compound selected from compounds ed herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof. In some embodiments, the date set to cease smoking tobacco occurs prior to 35 days of administration of the compound.

In some embodiments, the individual previously attempted to cease g tobacco but did not succeed in ceasing smoking tobacco. In some embodiments, the individual previously attempted to cease smoking tobacco but subsequently relapsed and resumed smoking tobacco.

In some embodiments, the administration leads to a tically significant improvement in the ability to tolerate the cessation of smoking as ed by analysis of data from the MPSS test.

In some ments, the individual has abstained from nicotine use for 12 weeks prior to prescribing and/or administering the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, es, and hydrates thereof.

WO 23679 In some embodiments, the individual has abstained from nicotine use for 24 weeks prior to prescribing and/or administering the compound selected from compounds provided , and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

In some embodiments, the individual has abstained from ne use for 9 months prior to prescribing and/or administering the nd selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

In some embodiments, the individual has ned from nicotine use for 52 weeks prior to prescribing and/or administering the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof.

In some embodiments, abstinence is self-reported. In some embodiments, the self-reporting based on response to a questionnaire. In some embodiments, the onnaire is a Nicotine Use Inventory. In some embodiments, an individual self-reports as not having smoking any cigarettes (even a puff). In some embodiments, the individual self-reports as not having used any other nicotine- containing products. In some embodiments, the individual self-reports as not having smoking any cigarettes (even a puff) and not having used any other nicotine-containing ts.

In some embodiments, the duration of treatment is selected from: 12 weeks, 6 months, 9 months, 1 year, 18 months, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, and 5 years.

In some ments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof is administered for at least about 2 weeks. In some embodiments, the compound is administered for at least about 4 weeks. In some ments, the nd is administered for at least about 8 weeks. In some embodiments, the compound is administered for at least about 12 weeks. In some embodiments, the compound is administered for at least about 6 months.

In some embodiments, the compound is administered for at least about 1 year. In some ments, the compound is administered for at least about 2 years. In some embodiments, the compound is administered for between about 7 weeks to about 12 weeks. In some embodiments, the compound is administered for between about 12 weeks to about 52 weeks. In some embodiments, the compound is administered for n about 6 months to about 1 year.

In some embodiments, the individual receives treatment for a first treatment period. In some embodiments, the individual receives treatment for an additional treatment , e.g., to increase the likelihood of long-term abstinence. In some embodiments, an individual who fails in a first treatment period is administered the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, es, and hydrates thereof optionally in combination with a supplemental agent for a second treatment period. In some embodiments, an individual who es during a first treatment is administered the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, es, and hydrates f optionally in combination with a supplemental agent for a second treatment period. In some embodiments, an individual who relapses ing a first treatment is administered the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof optionally in combination with a supplemental agent for a second ent period. In some embodiments, the first treatment period is 12 weeks. In some ments, the second treatment period is 12 weeks or less. In some embodiments, the second treatment period is 12 weeks. In some embodiments, the second treatment period is more than 12 weeks. In some embodiments, the first treatment period is one year. In some embodiments, the second treatment period is one year or less. In some embodiments, the second treatment period is one year. In some embodiments, the first treatment period is longer than the second treatment period. In some ments, the first ent period is shorter than the second treatment period. In some embodiments, the first treatment period and the second period are of the same length of time.

In some ments, the prevention or reduction of weight gain, or inducement of weight loss, is ed relative to the amount of weight gain or loss typically experienced when an individual attempts smoking cessation. In some ments, the tion or reduction of weight gain, or inducement of weight loss, is measured relative the amount of weight gain or loss typically experienced when an individual attempts smoking cessation with another drug.

In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises preventing weight gain. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises inducing weight loss. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain ses inducing weight loss of at least about 0.5 %, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3%, 3.5%, 4%, 4.5%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%,13%,14%,15%,16%,17%,18%,19%, or 20%. In some ments, the weight loss is at least 1%. In some embodiments, the weight loss is at least 1.5%. In some embodiments, the weight loss is at least about 2%. In some embodiments, the weight loss is at least 3%. In some embodiments, the weight loss is at least 4%. In some embodiments, the weight loss is at least 5%. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain ses decreasing BMI. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises decreasing in percent body fat. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises decreasing waist circumference. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises decreasing BMI by at least about 0.25, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 1 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 1.5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 2 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 2.5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is decreased by at least 10 kg/m2. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises decreasing t body fat by at least about 0.5%, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3%, 3.5%, 4%, 4.5%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%,11%,12%,13%,14%,15%,16%,17%,18%,19%,or20%.In some embodiments, the decrease in t body fat is at least 1%. In some embodiments, the decrease in percent body fat is at least 2.5%. In some embodiments, the decrease in percent body fat is at least 5 %.

In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises sing waist circumference by at least about 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 cm. In some embodiments, the decrease in waist circumference is at least 1 cm. In some embodiments, the decrease in waist circumference is at least 2.5 cm. In some embodiments, the decrease in waist circumference is at least 5 cm. In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises decreasing body weight by at least about 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 kg. In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is at least 1 kg. In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is at least 2.5 kg. In some ments, the decrease in body weight is at least 5 kg.

In some embodiments, the BMI of the individual becomes a BMI selected from one of the following: 2 18 kg/m2, 2 17.5 kg/m2, 2 17 kg/m2, 2 16 kg/m2, and 2 15 kg/m2.

In some ments, the decrease in body weight is selected from one of the following: more than about 1.5%, more than about 2%, more than about 2.5%, more than about 3%, more than about 3.5 %, more than about 4%, more than about 4.5%, and more than about 5%.

In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is selected from one of the following: more than about 1.5 kg, more than about 2 kg, more than about 2.5 kg, more than about 3 kg, more than about 3.5 kg, more than about 4 kg, more than about 4.5 kg, and more than about 5 kg.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of treatment has a BMI selected from: Z 25 kg/m2, 2 24 kg/m2, 2 23 kg/m2, 2 22 kg/m2, 2 21 kg/m2, 2 20 kg/m2, 2 19 kg/m2, and 2 18.5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than about 0.25, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14,15, 16, 17, 18, 19, or 20 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 1 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 1.5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is not sed by more than 2 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 2.5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 5 kg/m2. In some embodiments, BMI is not decreased by more than 10 kg/m2. In some embodiments, percent body fat is not decreased by more than about 0.5%, 1%, 1.5%, 2%, 2.5%, 3%, 3.5%, 4%, 4.5%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, 15%, 16%, 17%, 18%, 19%, or 20%. In some embodiments, percent body fat is not decreased by more than 1%. In some embodiments, percent body fat is not decreased by more than 2.5%. In some embodiments, percent body fat is not decreased by more than 5%. In some embodiments, waist circumference is not decreased by more than about 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, , 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 cm. In some embodiments, waist circumference is not decreased by more than 1 cm.

In some embodiments, waist circumference is not decreased by more than 2.5 cm. In some embodiments, waist circumference is not decreased by more than 5 cm. In some ments, body weight is not decreased by more than about 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 kg. In some embodiments, the se in body weight is not more than 1 kg. In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is not more than 2.5 kg. In some embodiments, the decrease in body weight is not more than 5 kg.

In some embodiments, controlling weight gain comprises maintaining at least some weight loss for at least about 12 weeks, at least about 6 , at least about 9 months, at least about one year, at least about 18 months, or at least about two years. For example, in some embodiments, an individual loses 5 kg during a first ent and maintains at least 1 kg of that weight loss during a second treatment. In some embodiments, an individual loses 3 kg during the first 12 weeks of a treatment, and loses a total of 5 kg after one year of the ent.

In some embodiments, use of the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof is discontinued. For example, in some embodiments, use of the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof is discontinued if the BMI of an individual becomes S about 15 kg/mz, S about 15.5 kg/mz, S about 16 kg/mz, S about 16.5 kg/mz, S about 17 kg/mz, S about 17.5 kg/mz, S about 18 kg/mz, S about 18.5 kg/mz, S about 19 kg/mz, S about 19.5 kg/m2 S about 20 kg/mz, S about 20.5 kg/mz, S about 21 kg/mz, S about 21.5 kg/mz, S about 22 kg/mz, S about 22.5 kg/mz, or S about 23 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual experiences one or more additional beneficial effects as a result of the administration of the compound selected from compounds provided , and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof, optionally in combination with at least one supplemental agent, as described herein.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effects are chosen from a decrease in an assessment of weight, an ement in vascular indications, and/or an improved glycemia. In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effects are chosen from a decrease in an assessment of weight, an ement in cardiovascular indications, and/or an ed lipidemia.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effects comprise a decrease in an assessment of weight. In some embodiments, the decrease in an assessment of weight comprises weight loss. In some embodiments, the one or more beneficial effects comprises a decrease in hunger, a se in food gs, or an se in intermeal interval.

In some ments, the one or more additional beneficial effects comprise an improvement in one or more vascular tions. In some embodiments, the improvement in one or more cardiovascular indications comprises one or more of a reduction in systolic and diastolic blood pressure (SBP and DBP, respectively), a decrease in heart rate, a decrease in total cholesterol, a decrease in LDL cholesterol, a decrease in HDL terol, and/or a decrease in triglyceride levels.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial s comprise a reduction in SBP.

In some embodiments, the reduction in SBP in an dual without type 2 diabetes is at least about 2 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in SBP in an individual without type 2 diabetes is between 2 and 5 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in SBP in an individual with type 2 diabetes is at least about 2 mmHg. In some embodiments, the ion in SBP in an individual with type 2 diabetes is between about 2 and 5 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in SBP in an individual with baseline impaired fasting glucose is at least about 1 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in SBP in an individual with baseline impaired fasting glucose is between about 1 and 5 mmHg.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional beneficial effects comprise a reduction in DBP. In some embodiments, the reduction in DBP in an individual t type 2 diabetes is at least about 1 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in DBP in an individual without type 2 diabetes is at least between about 1 and 5 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in DBP in an individual with type 2 diabetes is at least about 1 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in DBP in an individual with type 2 diabetes is between about 1 and 5 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in DBP in an individual with baseline impaired fasting glucose is at least about 1 mmHg. In some embodiments, the reduction in DBP in an individual with baseline impaired fasting glucose is between about 1 and 5 mmHg.

In some ments, the one or more additional beneficial effects comprise a ion in heart rate. In some ments, the reduction in heart rate in an individual without type 2 diabetes is at least about 2 BPM. In some embodiments, the reduction in heart rate in an individual without type 2 diabetes is between about 2 and 5 BPM. In some embodiments, the reduction in heart rate in an individual with type 2 diabetes is at least about 2 BPM. In some embodiments, the reduction in heart rate in an individual with type 2 diabetes is between about 2 and 5 BPM. In some embodiments, the ion in heart rate in an individual with baseline impaired fasting glucose is at least about 2 BPM. In some embodiments, the reduction in heart rate in an individual with baseline impaired fasting glucose is between about 2 and 5 BPM.

In some embodiments, the improvement in lipidemia ses a se in total cholesterol level. In some embodiments, the decrease in total terol level in individuals without type 2 diabetes is at least about 1 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in total cholesterol level in individuals t type 2 diabetes is between about 1.5 and 2 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in total cholesterol level in individuals with type 2 diabetes is at least about 0.5 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in total cholesterol level in duals with type 2 es is between about 0.5 and 1 mg/dL. In some ments, the decrease in total cholesterol level in duals with baseline impaired fasting glucose is at least about 2 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in total cholesterol level in individuals with baseline impaired fasting glucose is between about 2 and 3 mg/dL.

In some embodiments, the improvement in lipidemia comprises a decrease in LDL cholesterol level. In some embodiments, the decrease in LDL cholesterol level in individuals without type 2 diabetes is at least about 1 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in LDL terol level in individuals without type 2 diabetes is between about 1 and 2 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in LDL cholesterol level in individuals with type 2 es is at least about 1 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in LDL cholesterol level in individuals with type 2 diabetes is between about 1 and 1.5 mg/dL.

In some embodiments, the decrease in LDL cholesterol level in individuals with baseline impaired g glucose is at least about 2 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in LDL cholesterol level in individuals with baseline impaired fasting glucose is between about 2 and 3 mg/dL.

In some embodiments, the improvement in mia comprises a decrease in HDL cholesterol level. In some embodiments, the decrease in HDL cholesterol level in individuals without type 2 diabetes is at least about 4 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in HDL terol level in individuals without type 2 diabetes is between about 3 and 6 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in HDL cholesterol level in individuals with type 2 diabetes is at least about 5 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in HDL cholesterol level in individuals with type 2 diabetes is between about 7 and 10 mg/dL.

In some embodiments, the decrease in HDL cholesterol level in individuals with ne impaired fasting glucose is at least about 2 mg/dL. In some embodiments, the decrease in HDL cholesterol level in individuals with baseline impaired fasting glucose is between about 2 and 3 mg/dL.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional ial effects se an improvement in glycemia. In some embodiments, the improvement in glycemia comprises a reduction in fasting plasma glucose and/or a reduction in glycated hemoglobin (AlC) levels. In some embodiments, the improvement in glycemia comprises a reduction in fasting plasma glucose. In some embodiments, the ement in ia comprises a reduction in glycated hemoglobin (AlC) levels. In some embodiments, the improvement in glycemia comprises a decrease in triglyceride levels.

The nds provided herein can be administered in a wide variety of dosage forms.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof is administered in a tablet suitable for oral administration.

In some embodiments, the active ingredient is formulated as an immediate-release dosage form using, e.g., techniques known in the art. In some embodiments, the active ingredient is formulated as a modified-release dosage form using, e.g., techniques known in the art. In some embodiments, the active ingredient is formulated as a sustained-release dosage form using, e.g., techniques known in the art. In some embodiments, the active ient is formulated as a delayed-release dosage form using, e.g., ques known in the art.

In some ments, the method comprises a plurality of strations of the modified- release dosage form, with a frequency wherein the average interval between any two sequential administrations is: at least about 24 hours; or about 24 hours.

In some embodiments, the method comprises a plurality of administrations of the modified- release dosage form, and the d-release dosage form is administered once-a-day.

In some embodiments, the plurality of administrations is: at least about 30; at least about 180; at least about 365; or at least about 730.

COMBINATION THERAPY A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate or hydrate thereof can be stered as the sole active pharmaceutical agent (i.e., mono-therapy), or it can be used in combination with one or more weight loss drug either administered together or separately. Provided are methods for weight management, inducing satiety, sing food intake, aiding smoking cessation, and for preventing and treating obesity, antipsychotic-induced weight gain, type 2 diabetes, Prader- Willi syndrome, tobacco ence, nicotine dependence, drug addiction, l addiction, pathological gambling, reward deficiency syndrome, sex addiction, obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders, impulse l disorders, nail-biting, onychophagia, sleep disorders, ia, fragmented sleep architecture, disturbances of slow-wave sleep, urinary incontinence, atric disorders, schizophrenia, anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, Alzheimer disease, sexual dysfunction, erectile dysfunction, epilepsy, movement disorder, parkinsonism, antipsychotic-induced movement disorder, hypertension, dyslipidemia, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, obesity-related renal e, and sleep apnea, comprising administering to an individual in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for decreasing food intake in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound bed herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for inducing satiety in an individual in need thereof, comprising stering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of obesity in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said individual a eutically effective amount of a compound bed herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described .

Also provided are methods for the prevention of obesity in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for weight ment in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are methods for preventing type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically ive amount of a compound bed herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

When a compound sed herein is administered as a ation therapy with a weight loss drug the compound and the weight loss drug can be formulated as separate pharmaceutical compositions given at the same time or at different times; or the compound disclosed herein and the pharmaceutical agent can be formulated together as a single unit dosage.

Provided are the compounds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for use in a method of treatment of the human or animal body by therapy.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for weight management, inducing y, decreasing food , aiding g cessation, and for preventing and treating obesity, antipsychotic-induced weight gain, type 2 diabetes, Prader-Willi syndrome, addiction, tobacco dependence, ne ence, drug addiction, alcohol addiction, pathological gambling, reward deficiency syndrome, sex addiction, obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders, impulse control disorders, nail-biting, onychophagia, sleep disorders, insomnia, fragmented sleep architecture, disturbances of slow-wave sleep, urinary incontinence, psychiatric ers, schizophrenia, anorexia nervosa, bulimia nervosa, Alzheimer disease, sexual dysfunction, erectile dysfunction, epilepsy, movement disorder, parkinsonism, antipsychotic-induced movement disorder, hypertension, idemia, oholic fatty liver disease, obesity-related renal disease, and sleep apnea, comprising administering to an dual in need f a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for decreasing food intake in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically ive amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for inducing satiety in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for the treatment of obesity in an individual in need f, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for the prevention of y in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described , in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the nds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for weight management in an dual in need thereof, comprising stering to said individual a therapeutically ive amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also ed are the nds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for treating type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

Also provided are the compounds described herein for use in combination with a weight loss drug for preventing type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as described herein.

In some embodiments, the compound described herein and the weight loss drug are administered simultaneously.

In some embodiments, the compound bed herein and the weight loss drug are stered separately.

In some ments, the compound described herein and the weight loss drug are administered sequentially.

In some embodiments, the weight loss drug chosen from /glucose cotransporter-2 (SGLTZ) inhibitors, lipase inhibitors, monoamine reuptake inhibitors, anticonvulsants, glucose sensitizers, incretin mimetics, amylin s, GLP-l analogs, Y receptor es, 5-HT2C receptor agonists, opioid receptor antagonists, appetite suppressants, anorectics, and hormones and the like, either specifically sed herein or specifically disclosed in any reference recited herein just as if each and every combination was individually and explicitly recited. In some embodiments, the weight WO 23679 loss drug is chosen from dapagliflozin, canagliflozin, ipragliflozin, tofogliflozin, empagliflozin, remogliflozin etabonate, orlistat, cetilistat, alaproclate, citalopram, dapoxetine, escitalopram, femoxetine, fluoxetine, mine, ifoxetine, indalpine, omiloxetine, panuramine, paroxetine, pirandamine, sertraline, zimelidine, desmethylcitalopram, desmethylsertraline, didesmethylcitalopram, seproxetine, cianopramine, litoxetine, lubazodone, one, vilazodone, xetine, dextromethorphan, dimenhydrinate, diphenhydramine, mepyramine, pyrilamine, methadone, propoxyphene, mesembrine, roxindole, amedalin, tomoxetine, daledalin, edivoxetine, esreboxetine, amine, ol, nisoxetine, reboxetine, talopram, talsupram, tandamine, viloxazine, maprotiline, bupropion, indol, manifaxine, radafaxine, adol, teniloxazine, ginkgo biloba, altropane, difluoropine, iometopane, vanoxerine, medifoxamine, Chaenomeles speciosa, hyperforin, adhyperforin, bupropion, pramipexole, cabergoline, venlafaxine, lafaxine, duloxetine, milnacipran, levomilnacipran, bicifadine, tine, desoxypipradrol, hylphenidate, difemetorex, diphenylprolinol, ethylphenidate, fencamfamine, fencamine, lefetamine, mesocarb, methylenedioxypyrovalerone, methylphenidate, nomifensine, oxolinic acid, pipradrol, prolintane, pyrovalerone, tametraline, nefopam, amitifadine, tesofensine, tedatioxetine, dine, brasofensine, diclofensine, taxil, naphyrone, hyperforin, topiramate, zonisamide, metformin, rosiglitazone, pioglitazone, troglitazone, exenatide, liraglutide, taspoglutide, obinepitide, pramlintide, peptide YY, vabicaserin, naltrexone, naloxone, phentermine, diethylpropion, oxymetazoline, benfluorex, butenolide e, phenmetrazine, phenylpropanolamine, pyroglutamyl-histidyl-glycine , amphetamine, benzphetamine, dexmethylphenidate, amphetamine, methylenedioxypyrovalerone, glucagon, lisdexamfetamine, methamphetamine, methylphenidate, phendimetrazine, phenethylamine, caffeine, bromocriptine, ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, bant, surinabant, mirtazapine, ®, MG Plus nTM, insulin, and leptin and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and combinations thereof. In some ments, the weight loss drug is phentermine.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgical weight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a reduced-calorie diet.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a program of regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the individual has an initial body mass index 2 25 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has an l body mass index 2 27 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual has at least one weight related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight related comorbid condition is selected from: hypertension, dyslipidemia, vascular disease, glucose intolerance and sleep apnea.

In some embodiments, the weight related comorbid condition is selected from: ension, dyslipidemia, and type 2 diabetes.

In some embodiments, the individual has an initial body mass index 2 30 kg/mz.

WO 23679 2016/044426 Also provided are methods for treating type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein, in combination with one or more weight loss drugs as bed herein.

REPRESENTATIVE METHODS Provided are methods for decreasing food intake in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are s for inducing satiety in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of obesity in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the prevention of obesity in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a nd provided herein.

Also provided are s for weight management in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said dual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgical weight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management further ses a surgical weight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises weight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight ment comprises maintenance of weight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management r comprises a reduced-calorie diet.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a program of regular In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises both a reduced-calorie diet and a program of regular exercise.

In some embodiments, the dual in need of weight management is an obese patient with an initial body mass index 2 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is an overweight patient with an initial body mass index 2 27 kg/m2 in the presence of at least one weight related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight d co-morbid condition is selected from: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucose intolerance and sleep apnea.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of antipsychotic-induced weight gain in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a nd provided herein.

Also ed are methods for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in an individual in need f, comprising stering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein combination with one or more type 2 diabetes tions.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetes treatments is reduced.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetes treatments is eliminated.

Also provided are methods for the prevention of type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of Prader-Willi syndrome in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are s for the ent of addiction in an dual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of drug and alcohol addiction in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are s for the treatment of alcohol addiction in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically ive amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of drug addiction in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a nd provided herein.

In some embodiments, the drug is selected from amphetamine, a substituted amphetamine, a benzodiazepine, an atypical benzodiazepine receptor ligand, marijuana, cocaine, methorphan, GHB, LSD, ne, a monoamine reuptake tor, ne, an opiate, PCP, a substituted phenethylamine, psilocybin, and an anabolic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is nicotine.

In some embodiments, the drug is amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is methamphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a benzodiazepine.

In some ments, the drug is an atypical benzodiazepine receptor ligand.

In some embodiments, the drug is marijuana.

In some embodiments, the drug is cocaine.

In some embodiments, the drug is dextromethorphan.

In some embodiments, the drug is eszopiclone.

In some embodiments, the drug is GHB.

In some embodiments, the drug is LSD.

In some embodiments, the drug is ketamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a monoamine reuptake inhibitor.

In some ments, the drug is an opiate.

In some embodiments, the drug is PCP.

In some ments, the drug is a substituted phenethylamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is psilocybin.

In some embodiments, the drug is an anabolic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is em.

Also provided are methods for aiding smoking cessation in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said dual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of tobacco ence in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound ed herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of nicotine dependence in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided .

Also provided are s for the treatment of alcoholism in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also ed are methods for the treatment of ogical gambling in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of reward deficiency syndrome in an dual in need thereof, comprising administering to said dual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of sex addiction in an dual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of an obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorder in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of an impulse control er in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a nd provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of nail-biting in an dual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of phagia in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of a sleep disorder in an individual in need thereof, sing stering to said individual a eutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of insomnia in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of fragmented sleep architecture in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the ent of disturbances of slow-wave sleep in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound ed herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of urinary incontinence in an dual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of a psychiatric er in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided .

Also provided are s for the treatment of schizophrenia in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also ed are methods for the treatment of ia a in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also ed are methods for the treatment of bulimia nervosa in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of Alzheimer disease in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of sexual dysfunction in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said dual a therapeutically effective amount of a nd provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of le dysfunction in an individual in need f, sing administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of a seizure disorder in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of epilepsy in an dual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of Dravet syndrome in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said dual a therapeutically ive amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of a movement disorder in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of parkinsonism in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of antipsychotic-induced nt disorder in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a eutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of hypertension in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically ive amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of dyslipidemia in an individual in need thereof, comprising stering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the ent of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said individual a eutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of obesity-related renal disease in an individual in need thereof, sing administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a compound provided herein.

Also provided are methods for the treatment of sleep apnea in an individual in need thereof, comprising administering to said individual a therapeutically effective amount of a nd provided herein.

Also provided are uses of a nd provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for decreasing food intake.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the cture of a medicament for inducing satiety of a compound provided herein.

Also ed are uses of a nd ed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of obesity.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention of y.

Also ed are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for weight management.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a surgical weight loss procedure.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises weight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management comprises nance of weight loss.

In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises a reduced-calorie diet.

In some ments, the weight ment further comprises a program of regular In some embodiments, the weight management further comprises both a reduced-calorie diet and a program of r exercise.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is an obese patient with an initial body mass index 2 30 kg/mz.

In some embodiments, the individual in need of weight management is an overweight patient with an initial body mass index 2 27 kg/m2 in the presence of at least one weight related comorbid condition.

In some embodiments, the weight related co-morbid condition is selected from: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucose intolerance and sleep apnea.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a ment for the treatment of antipsychotic-induced weight gain.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of type 2 diabetes.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in combination with one or more type 2 diabetes medications. 2016/044426 In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetes treatments is reduced.

In some embodiments, the need for the one or more type 2 diabetes treatments is eliminated.

Also ed are uses of a compound ed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the prevention of type 2 diabetes.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of Prader-Willi syndrome.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of addiction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a ment for the treatment of drug and alcohol addiction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of alcohol addiction.

Also provided are uses of a nd provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of drug addiction.

In some embodiments, the drug is selected from amphetamine, a substituted amphetamine, a benzodiazepine, an atypical benzodiazepine receptor ligand, marijuana, cocaine, dextromethorphan, GHB, LSD, ketamine, a monoamine reuptake inhibitor, nicotine, an opiate, PCP, a substituted phenethylamine, psilocybin, and an ic steroid.

In some embodiments, the drug is nicotine.

In some embodiments, the drug is amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted amphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is methamphetamine.

In some embodiments, the drug is a benzodiazepine.

In some embodiments, the drug is an atypical benzodiazepine receptor ligand.

In some embodiments, the drug is ana.

In some embodiments, the drug is cocaine.

In some embodiments, the drug is dextromethorphan.

In some embodiments, the drug is eszopiclone.

In some embodiments, the drug is GHB.

In some embodiments, the drug is LSD.

In some embodiments, the drug is ne.

In some embodiments, the drug is a monoamine ke inhibitor.

In some embodiments, the drug is an opiate.

In some ments, the drug is PCP.

In some embodiments, the drug is a substituted phenethylamine.

In some ments, the drug is psilocybin.

In some embodiments, the drug is an anabolic steroid.

In some ments, the drug is zolpidem.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for aiding g cessation.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a ment for the treatment of tobacco dependence.

Also provided are uses of a compound ed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of nicotine dependence.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of alcoholism.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a ment for the ent of pathological gambling.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of reward deficiency syndrome.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of sex addiction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the cture of a medicament for the treatment of an obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the cture of a medicament for the treatment of an impulse control disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of nail-biting.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of onychophagia.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a ment for the treatment of a sleep disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the ent of ia.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of nted sleep architecture.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of disturbances of slow-wave sleep.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the cture of a ment for the treatment of urinary incontinence.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the cture of a medicament for the treatment of a psychiatric disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of schizophrenia.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of anorexia nervosa.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of bulimia nervosa.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the ent of mer disease.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of sexual dysfunction.

Also provided are uses of a nd provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of erectile dysfunction.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a seizure disorder.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a ment for the treatment of epilepsy.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of Dravet syndrome.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a movement er.

Also provided are uses of a compound ed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of parkinsonism.

Also provided are uses of a nd provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the ent of antipsychotic-induced movement er.

Also ed are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of hypertension.

Also ed are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of dyslipidemia.

Also provided are uses of a compound ed herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of nonalcoholic fatty liver disease.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of obesity-related renal disease.

Also provided are uses of a compound provided herein for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of sleep apnea.

In some embodiments, the individual is also being ibed and/or administered a supplemental agent.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and at least one supplemental agent.

As used herein, “supplemental agent” refers to an onal therapeutic agent which complements the activity of the 5-HT2C agonists described herein as it relates to methods for ng the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a o product; aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain; controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use. In some embodiments, the “supplemental agent” is not phentermine.

Supplemental agents include ne replacement therapies, antidepressants and anxiolytics such as selective serotonin reuptake tors, e.g., citalopram, escitalopram, fluoxetine, paroxetine, sertraline, and the like. Serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors, such as duloxetine, venlafaxine, and the like may also be used. nephrine and dopamine reuptake tors such as bupropion may also be used. Tetracyclic antidepressants such as mirtazapine; combined reuptake tors and receptor blockers such as trazodone, nefazodone, maprotiline; tricyclic antidepressants, such as amitriptyline, amoxapine, desipramine, doxepin, imipramine, nortriptyline, protriptyline and trimipramine; monoamine oxidase inhibitors, such as phenelzine, tranylcypromine, isocarboxazid, selegiline; benzodiazepines such as pam, clonazepam, alprazolam, and diazepam; serotonin 1A or agonists such as buspirone, aripiprazole, pine, tandospirone and bifeprunox; and a beta- adrenergic receptor blocker, such as propranolol may also be used. Other mental agents include other pharmacologic agents such as UTP, amiloride, antibiotics, bronchodilators, anti-inflammatory agents, and mucolytics (e.g., n-acetyl-cysteine).

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is chosen from nicotine replacement therapies.

In some embodiments, the nicotine replacement therapy is chosen from ne gum, nicotine transdermal systems, nicotine lozenges, nicotine abs, and nicotine sprays or rs. In some embodiments, the mental agent is an electronic cigarette.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nicotine gum, and the ition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and nicotine gum.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is a ne transdermal system, and the ition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and a nicotine transdermal system.

In some ments, the supplemental agent is nicotine es, and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and nicotine lozenges.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nicotine microtabs, and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds ed herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and ne microtabs.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nicotine sprays or inhalers, and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and nicotine sprays or inhalers.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is an electronic cigarette, and the composition is a composition comprising a nd selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates f and an electronic cigarette.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is chosen from antidepressants, and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided , and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and a supplemental agent chosen from antidepressants.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is an antidepressant, and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided , and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and an antidepressant.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the antidepressant are ated as a fixed dose combination product.

In some ments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the antidepressant are formulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the antidepressant are formulated for adjunctive therapy.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is ptyline, and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and nortriptyline.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from nds provided , and salts, solvates, and es thereof and the nortriptyline are formulated as a fixed dose combination product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the nortriptyline are formulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates f and the nortriptyline are formulated for adjunctive y.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nortriptyline, and the composition is a composition comprising a nd ed from compounds provided herein, and salts, es, and hydrates thereof and bupropion.

In some ments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the bupropion are formulated as a fixed dose ation product.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the ion are formulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the compound ed from nds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the bupropion are formulated for adjunctive therapy.

In some ments, the supplemental agent is nortriptyline, and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and clonidine.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the clonidine are ated as a fixed dose combination t.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the clonidine are formulated as a co-packaged product.

In some embodiments, the nd selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the clonidine are formulated for adjunctive therapy.

In some embodiments, the supplemental agent is nortriptyline, and the composition is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and varenicline.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the varenicline are formulated as a fixed dose combination product.

In some ments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and es thereof and the varenicline are formulated as a kaged t.

In some embodiments, the compound selected from nds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and the varenicline are formulated for tive therapy.

In some embodiments, the individual has usly undergone treatment with a supplemental agent. In some embodiments, the individual was refractory to the previous treatment with the supplemental agent.

In some embodiments, the individual has previously one treatment with a nicotine replacement therapy. In some ments, the individual was refractory to the previous treatment with the nicotine replacement therapy.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and at least one supplemental agent for: reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product; aiding in smoking cessation and ting associated weight gain; lling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking o; reducing weight gain ated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease g tobacco; treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or awal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use.

WO 23679 Also provided is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and at least one supplemental agent for use as a medicament for: reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual ting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an dual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product; aiding in smoking ion and preventing associated weight gain; lling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; treating nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease nicotine use.

Also provided is a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof and at least one supplemental agent in the manufacture of a medicament for: reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco t in an dual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product; aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain; controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual ting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gain associated with smoking ion by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; treating nicotine ency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing the hood of e use of nicotine by an individual attempting to cease ne use.

Also provided is a unit dosage form of a composition comprising a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and es thereof and at least one supplemental agent.

Also provided is a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof for use in combination with a supplemental agent, for: reducing the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aiding in the cessation or ing of use of a tobacco product in an individual attempting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product; aiding in smoking ion and preventing associated weight gain; controlling weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gain associated with smoking cessation by an dual attempting to cease smoking o; ng nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine ency, addiction and/or awal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an dual attempting to cease nicotine use.

Also provided is a supplemental agent chosen from nicotine replacement therapies, for use in combination with a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates f .

Also provided is a mental agent for use in ation with a compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof for: ng the frequency of smoking tobacco in an individual attempting to reduce frequency of smoking tobacco; aiding in the cessation or lessening of use of a tobacco product in an individual ting to cease or lessen use of a tobacco product; aiding in smoking cessation and preventing associated weight gain; controlling weight gain ated with smoking cessation by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; reducing weight gain associated with smoking ion by an individual attempting to cease smoking tobacco; ng nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal in an individual attempting to treat nicotine dependency, addiction and/or withdrawal; or reducing the likelihood of relapse use of nicotine by an individual ting to cease nicotine use.

In some embodiments, the compound is formulated as an immediate-release dosage form and the supplemental agent is also formulated as an immediate-release dosage form. In some embodiments, the 5-HTC agonist is formulated as an ate-release dosage form and the supplemental agent is formulated as a modified-release dosage form. In some embodiments, the compound is formulated as a modified-release dosage form and the mental agent is formulated as an ate-release dosage form. In some embodiments, the compound selected from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates f is formulated as a modified-release dosage form and the supplemental agent is also formulated as a modified-release dosage form.

The nd ed from compounds provided herein, and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof may be administered sequentially or concurrently with the one or more other supplemental agents identified herein. The amounts of formulation and pharmacologic agent depend, for example, on what type of pharmacologic agent(s) are used, and the scheduling and routes of administration Supplemental agents may be delivered concomitantly with the compounds selected from compounds provided , and salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof, or may be administered independently. Supplemental agent delivery may be via any suitable method known in the art including orally, inhalation, injection, etc.

In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise the step of: providing the individual with educational materials and/or counseling. In some embodiments, the counseling relates to smoking cessation. In some embodiments, the counseling relates to weight management, including without limitation counseling regarding diet and exercise. In some embodiments, the counseling relates to both smoking cessation and weight management, including without limitation counseling regarding diet and exercise.

WO 23679 In some embodiments, the methods described herein further comprise the step of: providing the individual with biochemical ck; acupuncture; hypnosis; behavioral ention; support services; and/or psychosocial treatment.

It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the dosage forms described herein may se, as the active component, either a compound described herein, a ceutically able salt of a compound described herein, a solvate or hydrate of a compound described herein, or a solvate or hydrate of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of a compound described herein. Moreover, s hydrates and solvates of the compounds described herein and their salts will find use as intermediates in the manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions. Typical procedures for making and fying suitable hydrates and solvates, outside those mentioned herein, are well known to those in the art; see for e, pages 202-209 of K.J. Guillory, “Generation of Polymorphs, Hydrates, Solvates, and Amorphous Solids,” in: Polymorphism in Pharmaceutical Solids, ed. Harry G. Britain, Vol. 95, Marcel , Inc., New York, 1999. Accordingly, one aspect of the present disclosure pertains to methods of administering hydrates and solvates of compounds described herein and/or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, that can be ed and characterized by methods known in the art, such as, thermogravimetric analysis (TGA), TGA-mass spectroscopy, frared spectroscopy, powder X- ray diffraction (XRPD), Karl Fisher titration, high resolution X-ray diffraction, and the like. There are l commercial entities that provide quick and efficient services for identifying solvates and hydrates on a routine basis. e companies offering these services e Wilmington PharmaTech ngton, DE), Avantium logies (Amsterdam) and Aptuit (Greenwich, CT).

PSUEDOPOLYMORPHISM Polymorphism is the ability of a substance to exist as two or more crystalline phases that have different ements and/or conformations of the molecules in the crystal lattice. Polymorphs show the same properties in the liquid or gaseous state but they may behave differently in the solid state.

Besides single-component polymorphs, drugs can also exist as salts and other multicomponent crystalline phases. For example, solvates and hydrates may contain an API host and either solvent or water molecules, respectively, as guests. Analogously, when the guest compound is a solid at room temperature, the resulting form is often called a cocrystal. Salts, solvates, hydrates, and cocrystals may show polymorphism as well. Crystalline phases that share the same API host, but differ with respect to their guests, may be referred to as polymorphs of one another.

Solvates contain molecules of the solvent of crystallization in a definite crystal lattice. Solvates, in which the solvent of crystallization is water, are termed hydrates. Because water is a constituent of the atmosphere, hydrates of drugs may be formed rather easily.

Recently, polymorph screens of 245 nds revealed that about 90% of them exhibited multiple solid forms. Overall, approximately half the compounds were polymorphic, often having one to three forms. About one-third of the compounds formed hydrates, and about one-third formed solvates. Data from cocrystal screens of 64 compounds showed that 60% formed cocrystals other than hydrates or solvates. (G. P. Stahly, l Growth & Design (2007), 7(6), 1007-1026.) ISOTOPES The present disclosure includes all isotopes of atoms occurring in the present salts and lline forms thereof. es include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. One aspect of the present invention includes every combination of one or more atoms in the present salts and crystalline forms thereof that is ed with an atom having the same atomic number but a different mass number. One such example is the replacement of an atom that is the most naturally abundant isotope, such as 1H or 12C, found in one the present salts and crystalline forms thereof, with a different atom that is not the most lly abundant e, such as 2H or 3H (replacing 1H), or 11C, 13C, or 14C (replacing 12C). A salt wherein such a replacement has taken place is commonly referred to as being isotopically-labeled. Isotopic-labeling of the present salts and crystalline forms thereof can be accomplished using any one of a variety of different synthetic s know to those of ordinary skill in the art and they are readily credited with understanding the synthetic methods and available reagents needed to conduct such isotopic-labeling. By way of general example, and without limitation, isotopes of en include 2H (deuterium) and 3H (tritium). es of carbon include 11C, 13C, and 14C. Isotopes of nitrogen include 13N and 15N. Isotopes of oxygen include 150, 17O, and 18C. An isotope of fluorine includes 18F. An isotope of sulfur includes 358. An isotope of chlorine includes 36Cl. es of bromine include 75Br, 76Br, 77Br, and 82Br. Isotopes of iodine e 1231, 1241, 1251, and 1311. Another aspect of the present invention includes compositions, such as, those prepared during synthesis, preformulation, and the like, and pharmaceutical compositions, such as, those prepared with the intent of using in a mammal for the treatment of one or more of the disorders described herein, comprising one or more of the present salts and crystalline forms thereof, wherein the lly occurring distribution of the isotopes in the composition is perturbed. Another aspect of the present invention includes itions and pharmaceutical compositions sing salts and crystalline forms f as described herein wherein the salt is ed at one or more positions with an isotope other than the most naturally nt isotope. Methods are readily available to measure such isotope perturbations or enrichments, such as, mass spectrometry, and for isotopes that are radio- es additional methods are available, such as, radio-detectors used in connection with HPLC or Improving absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and toxicity ) properties while maintaining a desired pharmacological profile is a major challenge in drug development.

Structural changes to improve ADMET properties often alter the pharmacology of a lead compound.

While the effects of deuterium substitution on ADMET properties are unpredictable, in select cases deuterium can improve a nd's ADMET properties with minimal perturbation of its pharmacology. Two examples where deuterium has enabled improvements in therapeutic entities are: CTP-347 and CTP-354. CTP-347 is a deuterated version of paroxetine with a reduced liability for 2016/044426 mechanism-based inactivation of CYP2D6 that is observed clinically with paroxetine. CTP-354 is a deuterated version of a ing preclinical gamma-aminobutyric acid A receptor ) modulator (L-8384l7) that was not developed due to poor pharmacokinetic (PK) properties. In both cases, ium substitution resulted in improved ADMET profiles that provide the potential for improved safety, efficacy, and/or tolerability without significantly altering the biochemical potency and selectivity versus the all-hydrogen compounds. Provided are deuterium substituted compounds of the present invention with improved ADMET profiles and substantially similar biochemical potency and selectivity versus the corresponding all-hydrogen compounds.

OTHER UTILITIES Provided are radio-labeled compounds provided herein useful not only in radio-imaging but also in assays, both in vitro and in vivo, for localizing and quantitating 5-HT2C receptors in tissue samples, including human, and for identifying 5-HT2C or s by inhibition binding of a radio- labeled compound. Also provided are novel 5-HT2C or assays of which comprise such radio- labeled compounds.

Certain isotopically-labeled compounds ed herein are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue bution assays. In some embodiments the radionuclide 3H and/or 14C isotopes are useful in these studies. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo ife or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances.

Isotopically labeled nds provided herein can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Drawings and Examples infra, by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a otopically labeled reagent. Other synthetic s that are useful are discussed infra.

Synthetic methods for incorporating radio-isotopes into organic compounds are applicable to compounds provided herein and are well known in the art. These synthetic methods, for example, incorporating activity levels of tritium into target molecules, include the following: A. Catalytic Reduction with Tritium Gas: This procedure normally yields high specific activity ts and requires halogenated or unsaturated precursors.

B. Reduction with Sodium Borohydride [3H]: This procedure is rather inexpensive and requires precursors containing reducible functional groups such as aldehydes, ketones, lactones, esters and the like.

C. Reduction with m Aluminum Hydride [3H]: This ure offers products at almost theoretical specific activities. It also requires precursors containing reducible functional groups such as aldehydes, ketones, lactones, esters and the like.

D. m Gas Exposure Labeling: This procedure involves exposing sors containing exchangeable protons to tritium gas in the presence of a suitable catalyst.

E. N—Methylation using Methyl Iodide [3H]: This procedure is usually employed to prepare 0- methyl or N—methyl (3H) products by treating appropriate precursors with high specific activity methyl iodide (3H). This method in general allows for higher specific activity, such as for example, about 70- 90 Ci/mmol.

Synthetic methods for incorporating activity levels of 125I into target molecules e: A. Sandmeyer and like ons: This procedure transforms an aryl amine or a heteroaryl amine into a diazonium salt, such as a diazonium tetrafluoroborate salt and subsequently to 125I labeled compound using . A represented procedure was reported by Zhu, G-D. and co-workers in J. Org.

Chem, 2002, 67, 943-948.

B. Ortho 125Iodination of phenols: This procedure allows for the incorporation of 1251 at the ortho position of a phenol as reported by Collier, T. L. and co-workers in J. labelled Compd.

Radiopharm., 1999, 42, Z66.

C. Aryl and heteroaryl bromide exchange with 125 I: This method is generally a two step process.

The first step is the conversion of the aryl or heteroaryl bromide to the corresponding tri-alkyltin intermediate using for example, a Pd zed reaction [e.g. Pd(Ph3P)4] or through an aryl or heteroaryl lithium, in the presence of a tri-alkyltinhalide or kylditin [e.g., (CH3)3SnSn(CH3)3]. A representative procedure was ed by Le Bas, M.-D. and co-workers in J. labelled Compd.

Radiopharm. 2001, 44, S280-S282.

A radiolabeled compound disclosed herein can be used in a ing assay to identify/evaluate compounds. In general terms, a newly synthesized or identified compound (i.e., test compound) can be evaluated for its ability to reduce g of a labeled compound to a 5-HT2C or. The ability of a test compound to compete with a radio-labeled compound disclosed herein for the binding to a 5- HTZC receptor directly correlates to its binding affinity.

Certain labeled compounds provided herein bind to certain 5-HT2C receptors. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 500 uM. In one ment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 100 uM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 10 uM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 1 uM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 0.1 uM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 0.01 uM. In one embodiment the labeled compound has an IC50 less than about 0.005 uM.

Other uses of the disclosed receptors and s will become apparent to those skilled in the art based upon, inter alia, a review of this disclosure.

COMPOSITIONS AND ATIONS Formulations may be prepared by any suitable method, typically by uniformly mixing the active compound(s) with liquids or finely divided solid carriers, or both, in the required proportions and then, if necessary, forming the resulting mixture into a desired shape.

Conventional excipients, such as binding agents, fillers, acceptable wetting agents, tabletting lubricants and disintegrants can be used in tablets and capsules for oral administration. Liquid ations for oral administration can be in the form of solutions, emulsions, aqueous or oily suspensions and syrups. Alternatively, the oral preparations can be in the form of dry powder that can be reconstituted with water or another suitable liquid vehicle before use. Additional additives such as suspending or emulsifying , non-aqueous vehicles (including edible oils), preservatives and flavorings and colorants can be added to the liquid preparations. Parenteral dosage forms can be prepared by dissolving the compound provided herein in a suitable liquid vehicle and filter sterilizing the solution before filling and sealing an appropriate vial or ampule. These are just a few examples of the many riate methods well known in the art for preparing dosage forms.

A compound ed herein can be formulated into pharmaceutical compositions using techniques well known to those in the art. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, outside those mentioned herein, are known in the art; for example, see Remington, The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Edition, 2000, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (Editors: Gennaro et al.).

While it is possible that, for use in the prophylaxis or treatment, a compound ed herein can, in an alternative use, be administered as a raw or pure chemical, it is preferable however to present the compound or active ingredient as a pharmaceutical formulation or composition further comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Pharmaceutical formulations e those suitable for oral, rectal, nasal, l ding buccal and sub-lingual), vaginal or parenteral (including intramuscular, sub-cutaneous and intravenous) administration or in a form suitable for administration by inhalation, insufflation or by a transdermal patch. Transdermal patches dispense a drug at a controlled rate by presenting the drug for absorption in an efficient manner with minimal degradation of the drug. Typically, transdermal patches comprise an impermeable backing layer, a single pressure sensitive adhesive and a removable protective layer with a release liner. One of ry skill in the art will understand and appreciate the techniques riate for manufacturing a desired efficacious ermal patch based upon the needs of the artisan.

The compounds provided herein, together with a conventional nt, carrier, or diluent, can thus be placed into the form of pharmaceutical formulations and unit dosages thereof and in such form may be employed as solids, such as tablets or filled capsules, or liquids such as ons, suspensions, ons, elixirs, gels or capsules filled with the same, all for oral use, in the form of suppositories for rectal administration; or in the form of sterile able ons for eral (including aneous) use. Such pharmaceutical compositions and unit dosage forms f can comprise conventional ingredients in conventional tions, with or without additional active compounds or principles and such unit dosage forms may contain any suitable effective amount of the active ingredient commensurate with the intended daily dosage range to be employed.

For oral administration, the pharmaceutical composition may be in the form of, for example, a tablet, capsule, suspension or liquid. The pharmaceutical composition is preferably made in the form of a dosage unit containing a particular amount of the active ingredient. Examples of such dosage units are 2016/044426 capsules, tablets, powders, granules or a suspension, with conventional additives such as lactose, mannitol, corn starch or potato ; with s such as crystalline cellulose, cellulose derivatives, acacia, corn starch or gelatins; with disintegrators such as corn starch, potato starch or sodium carboxymethyl-cellulose; and with ants such as talc or magnesium stearate. The active ingredient may also be administered by injection as a composition wherein, for example, saline, dextrose or water may be used as a le pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

Compounds provided herein can be used as active ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions, specifically as 5-HT2C receptor modulators. The term “active ingredient”, defined in the context of a “pharmaceutical composition”,” refers to a ent of a pharmaceutical composition that es the y pharmacological effect, as opposed to an “inactive ingredient” which would generally be recognized as providing no pharmaceutical benefit.

The dose when using the compounds provided herein can vary within wide limits and as is customary and is known to the ian, it is to be tailored to the individual conditions in each individual case. It depends, for example, on the nature and severity of the illness to be treated, on the condition of the dual, such as a t, on the compound employed, on whether an acute or chronic disease state is treated, or prophylaxis ted, or on whether further active compounds are administered in addition to the compounds provided herein. Representative doses include, but are not limited to, about 0.001 mg to about 5000 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 2500 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 1000 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 500 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 250 mg, about 0.001 mg to 100 mg, about 0.001 mg to about 50 mg and about 0.001 mg to about 25 mg. Multiple doses may be administered during the day, especially when relatively large amounts are deemed to be needed, for example 2, 3 or 4 doses. Depending on the individual and as deemed appropriate from the healthcare provider it may be necessary to deviate upward or downward from the doses described herein.

All dosage amounts disclosed herein are ated with t to the active moiety, i.e., the molecule or ion that gives the intended pharmacologic or physiologic action.

The amount of active ient, or an active salt or derivative thereof, required for use in treatment will vary not only with the particular salt ed but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being treated and the age and condition of the individual and will ultimately be at the discretion of the attendant physician or clinician. In general, one skilled in the art understands how to extrapolate in vivo data obtained in a model system, typically an animal model, to another, such as a human. In some circumstances, these extrapolations may merely be based on the weight of the animal model in comparison to another, such as a , preferably a human, however, more often, these extrapolations are not simply based on s, but rather incorporate a variety of factors.

Representative factors include the type, age, weight, sex, diet and medical condition of the individual, the severity of the disease, the route of administration, pharmacological considerations such as the activity, efficacy, pharmacokinetic and toxicology profiles of the particular compound employed, r a drug delivery system is utilized, whether an acute or chronic disease state is being treated or prophylaxis conducted or whether further active compounds are administered in addition to the 2016/044426 compounds provided herein such as part of a drug combination. The dosage regimen for treating a disease condition with the compounds and/or compositions provided herein is selected in accordance with a variety factors as cited above. Thus, the actual dosage regimen ed may vary widely and therefore may deviate from a preferred dosage regimen and one skilled in the art will ize that dosage and dosage regimen outside these typical ranges can be tested and, where appropriate, may be used in the methods disclosed .

The desired dose may conveniently be presented in a single dose or as divided doses administered at appropriate als, for example, as two, three, four or more sub-doses per day. The sub-dose itself may be r divided, e.g., into a number of discrete loosely spaced administrations.

The daily dose can be divided, especially when relatively large amounts are administered as deemed appropriate, into several, for example 2, 3 or 4 part administrations. If appropriate, depending on individual behavior, it may be necessary to deviate upward or downward from the daily dose indicated.

The compounds provided herein can be administered in a wide variety of oral and parenteral dosage forms.

For ing pharmaceutical compositions from the nds provided herein, the selection of a suitable pharmaceutically acceptable r can be either solid, liquid or a mixture of both. Solid form preparations include powders, tablets, pills, capsules, cachets, suppositories and dispersible granules. A solid carrier can be one or more substances which may also act as ts, flavoring agents, solubilizers, lubricants, suspending agents, binders, preservatives, tablet disintegrating agents, or an encapsulating material.

In powders, the carrier is a finely divided solid which is in a e with the finely divided active component.

In tablets, the active component is mixed with the carrier having the necessary binding ty in suitable proportions and compacted to the desire shape and size.

The powders and tablets may n varying percentage amounts of the active compound. A representative amount in a powder or tablet may contain from 0.5 to about 90 percent of the active compound; r, an artisan would know when amounts e of this range are necessary. Suitable carriers for powders and tablets are magnesium carbonate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugar, lactose, , dextrin, starch, gelatin, tragacanth, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, a low melting wax, cocoa butter and the like. The term “preparation” refers to the ation of the active compound with encapsulating material as carrier providing a capsule in which the active component, with or without carriers, is surrounded by a carrier, which is thus in association with it. Similarly, cachets and lozenges are included. Tablets, powders, capsules, pills, cachets and lozenges can be used as solid forms suitable for oral administration.

For preparing suppositories, a low melting wax, such as an admixture of fatty acid glycerides or cocoa butter, is first melted and the active component is dispersed neously therein, as by stirring. The molten homogenous mixture is then poured into convenient sized molds, allowed to cool and thereby to solidify.

Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or sprays containing in addition to the active ingredient such rs as are known in the art to be appropriate.

Liquid form preparations include solutions, suspensions and emulsions, for example, water or water-propylene glycol solutions. For example, parenteral ion liquid preparations can be formulated as solutions in aqueous polyethylene glycol solution. Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending . The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile able solution or sion in a nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and ts that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, e, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a t or suspending medium. For this e any bland fixed oil may be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid find use in the preparation of injectables.

The compounds provided herein may thus be ated for parenteral administration (6. g. by injection, for example bolus injection or continuous on) and may be presented in unit dose form in ampoules, led syringes, small volume infusion or in multi-dose containers with an added vative. The pharmaceutical compositions may take such forms as suspensions, solutions, or emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles and may contain atory agents such as suspending, stabilizing and/or dispersing agents. Alternatively, the active ient may be in powder form, obtained by aseptic ion of sterile solid or by lyophilization from solution, for constitution with a suitable vehicle, 6.g. sterile, pyrogen-free water, before use.

Aqueous formulations suitable for oral use can be prepared by dissolving or suspending the active component in water and adding suitable nts, flavors, stabilizing and thickening agents, as desired.

Aqueous suspensions suitable for oral use can be made by dispersing the finely divided active component in water with viscous material, such as natural or synthetic gums, resins, methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, or other well-known suspending agents.

Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted, shortly before use, to liquid form preparations for oral administration. Such liquid forms include solutions, suspensions and emulsions. These preparations may n, in addition to the active component, colorants, flavors, stabilizers, buffers, artificial and natural sweeteners, dispersants, thickeners, solubilizing agents and the like.

For topical administration to the epidermis the compounds provided herein may be formulated as ointments, creams or lotions, or as a transdermal patch.

Ointments and creams may, for example, be formulated with an aqueous or oily base with the on of suitable thickening and/or gelling agents. Lotions may be ated with an aqueous or oily base and will in general also contain one or more emulsifying agents, stabilizing agents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, or coloring agents.

Formulations le for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising active agent in a flavored base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert base such as gelatin and glycerin or sucrose and acacia; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier. ons or suspensions are applied ly to the nasal cavity by conventional means, for example with a dropper, pipette or spray. The formulations may be provided in single or multi-dose form. In the latter case of a dropper or pipette, this may be achieved by the patient administering an appropriate, predetermined volume of the solution or suspension. In the case of a spray, this may be achieved for example by means of a metering atomizing spray pump.

Administration to the respiratory tract may also be achieved by means of an aerosol formulation in which the active ingredient is provided in a rized pack with a suitable propellant.

If the compounds provided herein or ceutical compositions comprising them are administered as aerosols, for example as nasal aerosols or by inhalation, this can be carried out, for example, using a spray, a nebulizer, a pump nebulizer, an inhalation apparatus, a metered inhaler or a dry powder inhaler.

Pharmaceutical forms for administration of the compounds provided herein as an aerosol can be prepared by ses well known to the person skilled in the art. For their ation, for example, solutions or sions of the compounds provided herein in water, water/alcohol mixtures or suitable saline solutions can be employed using customary additives, for example benzyl l or other suitable preservatives, absorption enhancers for increasing the bioavailability, solubilizers, dispersants and others and, if appropriate, customary propellants, for example include carbon e, CFCs, such as, dichlorodifluoromethane, trichlorofluoromethane, or dichlorotetrafluoroethane; and the like. The aerosol may conveniently also n a surfactant such as lecithin. The dose of drug may be controlled by provision of a metered valve.

In ations intended for administration to the respiratory tract, including intranasal formulations, the compound will generally have a small le size for e of the order of 10 microns or less. Such a particle size may be ed by means known in the art, for example by micronization. When desired, formulations adapted to give sustained release of the active ingredient may be ed.

Alternatively the active ingredients may be provided in the form of a dry powder, for example, a powder mix of the compound in a suitable powder base such as lactose, starch, starch derivatives such as hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP). Conveniently the powder carrier will form a gel in the nasal cavity. The powder composition may be presented in unit dose form for example in es or cartridges of, e.g., gelatin, or blister packs from which the powder may be administered by means of an inhaler.

The pharmaceutical preparations are preferably in unit dosage forms. In such form, the preparation is ided into unit doses containing appropriate quantities of the active component. The unit dosage form can be a packaged preparation, the package containing discrete quantities of preparation, such as packeted tablets, capsules and powders in vials or ampoules. Also, the unit dosage form can be a capsule, tablet, cachet, or lozenge itself, or it can be the appropriate number of any of these in packaged form.

Tablets or capsules for oral administration and liquids for intravenous administration are preferred compositions.

The compounds provided herein may optionally exist as pharmaceutically acceptable salts including pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids including inorganic and organic acids. Representative acids include, but are not d to, acetic, benzenesulfonic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, citric, ethenesulfonic, dichloroacetic, formic, fumaric, gluconic, glutamic, hippuric, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, isethionic, lactic, , malic, mandelic, methanesulfonic, mucic, nitric, oxalic, pamoic, pantothenic, phosphoric, succinic, sulfiric, tartaric, , enesulfonic and the like. Certain compounds provided herein which contain a carboxylic acid functional group may ally exist as pharmaceutically acceptable salts containing non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable metal cations and cations derived from organic bases.

Representative metals include, but are not limited to, aluminium, calcium, m, magnesium, potassium, sodium, zinc and the like. In some embodiments the pharmaceutically acceptable metal is sodium. Representative organic bases include, but are not d to, benzathine -dibenzylethane- 1,2-diamine), chloroprocaine (2-(diethylamino)ethyl 4-(chloroamino)benzoate), choline, diethanolamine, ethylenediamine, meglumine ((ZR,3R,4R,5S)(methylamino)hexane- l ,2,3,4,5 - pentaol), procaine (2-(diethylamino)ethyl 4-aminobenzoate), and the like. Certain pharmaceutically acceptable salts are listed in Berge, et al., Journal ofPharmaceutical Sciences, 66:1-19 .

The acid addition salts may be obtained as the direct products of compound synthesis. In the ative, the free base may be dissolved in a suitable solvent containing the appropriate acid and the salt isolated by evaporating the t or otherwise ting the salt and t. The compounds provided herein may form solvates with standard low lar weight solvents using s known to the skilled artisan.

Compounds provided herein can be converted to “pro-drugs.” The term rugs” refers to compounds that have been modified with specific chemical groups known in the art and when administered into an individual these groups undergo biotransformation to give the parent nd.

Pro-drugs can thus be viewed as compounds provided herein containing one or more specialized non- toxic protective groups used in a transient manner to alter or to eliminate a property of the compound.

In one general aspect, the “pro-drug” approach is utilized to facilitate oral absorption. A thorough discussion is provided in T. Higuchi and V. , Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery s Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series; and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug , ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical ation and Pergamon Press, 1987.

Some embodiments include a method of producing a pharmaceutical composition for “combination-therapy” comprising admixing at least one compound according to any of the compound embodiments disclosed herein, together with at least one known pharmaceutical agent as described herein and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

It is noted that when the 5-HT2C receptor modulators are utilized as active ients in pharmaceutical compositions, these are not intended for use in humans only, but in non-human mammals as well. Recent advances in the area of animal -care mandate that consideration be given for the use of active agents, such as 5-HT2C receptor modulators, for the treatment of a 5-HT2C receptor-associated disease or disorder in companionship animals (e.g., cats, dogs, etc.) and in livestock animals (e.g., horses, cows, etc.) Those of ordinary skill in the art are readily credited with understanding the utility of such compounds in such settings.

As will be recognized, the steps of the methods provided herein need not be performed any particular number of times or in any ular ce. Additional objects, advantages and novel features of the invention(s) will become apparent to those skilled in the art upon examination of the following es thereof, which are intended to be rative and not intended to be limiting.

EXAMPLES The compounds disclosed herein and their syntheses are further illustrated by the following examples. The following examples are provided to further define the invention without, r, limiting the invention to the particulars of these examples. The compounds described herein, supra and infra, are named according to ChemBioDraw Ultra 12.0.2.1076, except for compounds 101, 105, 108, 113, 114, 116, 129, 130, 133, and 134, in table A, for which ChemBioDraw Ultra 12.0.2.1076 did not generate a chemical name. In certain instances common names are used and it is understood that these common names would be recognized by those skilled in the art.

Chemistry: Proton nuclear magnetic resonance (1H NMR) spectra were recorded on a Bruker Avance III-400 equipped with a 5 mm BBFO probe. Chemical shifts are given in parts per million (ppm) with the residual solvent signal used as reference. NMR abbreviations are used as follows: s = singlet, d = t, dd = doublet of doublets, t = triplet, q = quartet, m = multiplet, bs = broad singlet, sxt = sextet. ave irradiations were carried out using a Smith sizerTM or an Emrys OptimizerTM (Biotage). ayer chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel 60 F254 (Merck), preparatory thin-layer chromatography (prep TLC) was performed on PK6F silica gel 60 A 1 mm plates (Whatman) and column chromatography was carried out on a silica gel column using Kieselgel 60, 200 mm (Merck). Evaporation was done under reduced pressure on a Buchi rotary evaporator.

Celite® 545 was used for filtration of palladium.

LCMS spec: HPLC- t 1200; pumps: ; DAD:G1315B; mpler: G1367B; Mass spectrometer-Agilent G1956A; ionization source: ESI; Drying Gas Flow: 10 L/min; Nebulizer Pressure: 40 psig; Drying Gas Temperature: 350 OC; Capillary Voltage: 2500 V) re: Agilent Chemstation Rev.B.04.03. e 1: Syntheses of Compounds of Table A Example 1.1: Preparation of 8'-fluoro-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 105): Step A: Preparation of xo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)acetamide )LNHO To a solution of 5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalenamine (10.6 g, 72.0 mmol) in CH2C12 (82 mL), acetic anhydride (10.2 mL, 108 mmol), and triethylamine (20.4 mL, 146.3 mmol) were added. After ng at room temperature for 1 hour, the mixture was diluted with CH2C12 and acidified with ted NH4Cl solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2C12. Organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The amide was used without further purification. The resulting amide in acetone (918 mL) and 1.48M aqueous magnesium sulfate (57.1 mL, 84.7 mol) at 0°C was treated with potassium permanganate (34.3 g, 217 mmol). The mixture was allowed to stir at 0°C for 2 hours. Acetone was removed with e extracted with CH2C12/water. Organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt nt) to give xo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalen tamide (12.9 g, 64 %). LCMS m/z : 204.2 [M+1]+; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 2.07-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.70 (t, J: 13.1 Hz, 2H), 2.97 (t, J: 12.2 Hz, 2H), 6.91-6.93 (m, 1H), 7.44 (t, J: 16.0 Hz, 1H), 8.60 (d, J: 8.5 Hz, 1H), 12.1 (s, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 8-amino-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2PD-one NH2 0 A mixture of N—(8-oxo-5,6,7,8-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)acetamide (12.9 g, 63.5 mmol) in 6M HCl (437 mL, 2.62 mol) was heated at 90°C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and was neutralized with sodium bicarbonate by adding in small portions followed by addition of 2N NaOH until the e was at pH 8. The aqueous layer was extracted with AcOEt and washed with brine. Organic layers were combined, dried, filtered, and concentrated to give 8-amino-3,4- dihydronaphthalen-l(2H)-one (9.1 g, 89 %). LCMS m/z : 162.0 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 2.02-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.64 (m, 2H), 2.87 (t, J : 12.2 Hz, 2H), 6.44 (br s, 2H), 6.44-6.48 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.16 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 8-fluoro-3,4—dihydronaphthalen-1(2PD-one F O To a solution of 8-amino-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (9.1 g, 56.5 mmol) in CH2C12 (415 mL) at 0°C boron trifluoride etherate (12.0 g, 84.7 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred for 10 min and d with a solution of tert—butyl nitrite (7.04 g, 68.3 mmol) in CH2C12 (50 mL) dropwise.

The reaction was vigorously stirred at 0°C for 1 hour. The on was cooled in dry-ice bath, d in pentane (415 mL), and stirred for 10 min. The agitation was stopped, allowing the solid to settle, and the solvent was removed. This operation was repeated once, and the solid was dried under vacuum. The solid was heated in heptane at 100°C for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, dissolved in CH2C12, and washed with water and brine. The organic layers were combined, dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt nt) to give 8-fluoro-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (4.92 g, 53 %). LCMS m/z = 165.2 [M+1]+; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 2.09-2.13 (m, 2H), 2.64-2.67 (m, 2H), 2.97 (t, J: 12.2 Hz, 2H), .99 (m, 1H), 7.04 (d, J: 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of oroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide Clwg/ le A mixture of (2-chloroethyl)(methyl)sulfane (4.1 mL, 45.2 mmol) and iodomethane (8.5 mL, 136.2 mmol) was stirred at room temperature for 4.5 days. To the dark brown residue, acetone (ca. 50 mL) was added and stirred for a while (ca. 1 h). Solid was filtered off, washed with acetone (3x), and dried under high vacuum to give oroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide (8.63 g, 76 %) as an off- white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz, 6) 5 2.97 (s, 6H), 3.79 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H).

Step E: Preparation of 8'-fluoro-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]- lflone To a solution of 8-fluoro-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.34 g, 7.754 mmol) in 55 mL tBuOH, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (25 mL, 25.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 45 min, (2-chloroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide (2.2 g, 8.711 mmol) was added. After stirring at room ature overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8'-fluoro-3',4'-dihydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]-1'-one (1.00 g, 68%) as a yellow-orange oil that solidified after a while. LCMS m/z = 191.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.81-0.84 (m, 2H), 1.43-1.45 (m, 2H), 1.65 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.96-7.01 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.06 (d, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H).

Step F: Preparation of 8'-fluoro-1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalene] To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.67 g, 8.958 mmol) in 35 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (13.5 mL, 13.50 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110°C (oil bath) for 40 min, a solution of 8'-fiuoro-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalen]-1'-one (1.66 g, 8.727 mmol) in 10 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C for 15 min, cooled in an ice/water-bath, and ted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiOz, hexanes) to give 8'-fiuoro-1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,2'-naphthalene] (1.47 g, 90 %) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 .63 (m, 2H), 0.83-0.85 (m, 2H), 1.65 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 5.10 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.72 (s, 1H), 6.87-6.94 (m, 2H), 7.07-7.12 (m, 1H).

Step G: ation of Compound 14 of Figure 2, where R1 = F To an ice-cooled solution of 8'-fiuoro-1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalene] (1.47 g, 7.809 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (3.4 mL, 46.84 mmol) in 53 mL DCE, 1 M diethylzinc in hexanes (39 mL, 39.00 mmol) was added over ca. 10 min. After stirring at 0°C for 2.5 h, suspension was quenched by the addition of 1 M NH4Cl and extracted with water and CH2C12.

Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexanes) to give the title compound for this step (1.44 g, 91%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.20-0.23 (m, 2H), .36 (m, 2H), 0.48- 0.51 (m, 2H), .39 (m, 2H), 1.67 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.94-2.97 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 6.71-6.76 (m, 1H), 6.89-6.91 (m, 1H), 6.96-7.01 (m, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of Compound 15 of Figure 2, where R1 = F To a solution of the t of Step G (1.43 g, 7.070 mmol) in 30 mL DCE, sodium bicarbonate (312 mg, 3.714 mmol), dirhodium caprolactamate (Rh2(cap)4) (99.3 mg, 0.152 mmol), and .5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (8 mL, 44.00 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C (oil bath) for 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (93 mg) was added. After stirring over-the-weekend, more p)4 (89 mg) and 5 .5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (8 mL) were added. After stirring for another 3 h at 40°C, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (85% pure, 1.34 g, 75 %) as a colorless liquid. LCMS m/z = 217.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.26-0.46 (m, 4H), 0.59-0.65 (m, 2H), 1.47-1.49 (m, 2H), 2.59 (s, 2H), 7.10 -7.15 (m, 1H), 7.19-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.89- 7.91 (m, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of Compound 16 of Figure 2, where R1 = F To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (85% pure, 660 mg, 16.50 mmol) in 50 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (2.9 g, 16.37 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of the product of Step H (1.34 g, 5.267 mmol) in 40 mL THF was added. After stirring at 60°C (oil bath) for 1 h, the e was partly concentrated and residue was extracted with CH2C12 and water. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.14 g, 91 %) as a colorless oil (E:Z isomer = 56:44). LCMS m/z = 240.1 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.05-0.10 (m, 2H), 0.26-0.29 (m, 1H), .46 (m, 3H), 0.59-0.66 (m, 2H), 2.40 (d, 1.1H), 2.72 (s, 0.9H), 5.17 (s, 0.56H), .71 (s, 0.44H), 6.96-7.04 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.22 (m, 1H), .34 (m, 0.44H), 7.96-7.98 (m, 0.56H).

Step J: Preparation of Compound 17 of Figure 2, where R1 = F To a mixture of the product of Step I (1.13 g, 4.722 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (3.4 g, 14.29 mmol) in 30 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (3 g, 79 mmol) was added in small portions over 7 h. After stirring at room temperature ght, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Phases were filtered through celite and washed with CHzClz. Phases of filtrate were separated and aqueous layer was extracted three more times with CHzClz. ed organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient first and then CH2C12/MeOH/7M NH3 in MeOH 80:18:2) to give the title nd for this step (80% pure, 725 mg, 50%). LCMS m/z = 246.0 [M+1]+.

Step K: Preparation of Compound 18 of Figure 2, where R1 = F and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step J (80% pure, 720 mg, 2.142 mmol) and N- ethyl-N-isopropylpropanamine (0.663 mL, 3.806 mmol) in 20 mL CH2C12, a solution of (3,4- rophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (840 mg, 3.237 mmol) in 10 mL CH2C12 was added slowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring under ice-cooling for 0.5 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (995 mg, 99%). LCMS m/z = 466.4 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.15- 0.20 (m, 1H), 0.23-0.30 (m, 2H), 0.41-0.53 (m, 3H), 1.34-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.58-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.90-2.07 (m, 2H), 3.04-3.11 (m, 3H), 4.05-4.08 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 6.75-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.08 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (m, 2H).

Step L: Preparation of Compound 19 of Figure 2, where R1 = F and R10 is 3,4- robenzyl To a solution of the product of Step K (992 mg, 2.118 mmol) in 22 mL DCE, acetic anhydride (0.200 mL, 2.118 mmol), 1,3,5 -trioxane (407 mg, 4.518 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (0.87 mL, 13.42 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, the mixture was ted with 1 M NaHC03 and CHzClz. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (885 mg, 87 %) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 0.08-0.14 (m, 1H), 0.15-0.19 (m, 1H), 0.23-0.34 (m, 1H), .47 (m, 2H), 0.55-0.61 (m, 1H), 1.31-10.36 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.62 (m, 4H), .13 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.30 (m, 2H), 3.82-4.00 (m, 3H), 4.21-4.25 (m, 1H), 4.57- 4.61 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.80 (m, 1H), 6.92-6.99 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.06 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 1H).

Step M: Preparation of 8'-fluoro-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 105) To a solution of the product of Step K (883 mg, 1.838 mmol) in 10 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (10 mL, 30.75 mmol) was added. After stirring at 80°C (oil bath) for 2 h, mixture cooled in an ter-bath, and quenched by the slow addition of 2 M NH4Cl. The mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CHzClz. Organic phases were trated and residue was purified by biotage (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient first and then AcOEt/7M NH3 in MeOH 10:1) to give the title compound for this example 1.1 (92% pure, 326 mg, 63 %). LCMS m/z = 258.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0145-024 (m, 2H), 0.33-0.52 (m, 4H), 1.36-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.50 ( m, 1H), 1.57-1.73 (m, 4H), 1.94-1.99 (m, 1H), 3.05-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.31- 3.37 (m, 2H), 3.86 (d, J: 14.5 Hz, 1H), 3.97 (d, J = 14.5 Hz, 1H), 6.64-6.69 (m, 1H), 6.86-6.89 (m, 1H).

Step N: Resolution of nd 105 into omers 134 and 133 Compound 105 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phase preparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions: Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 um (particle size), 250 x 20 mm (L x ID) Eluent: Acetonitrile with 0.1% triethylamine Gradient: tic Flow: 10 mL/min Detector: UV 225 nm Retention Times: 1St enantiomer: 26.1 min ; 2““l omer: 28.7 min ons containing single enantiomer were concentrated and residue was re-purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1%TFA oroacetic acid) to give the corresponding enantiomer as a TFA salt. LCMS m/z = 258.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 5 0.25-0.29 (m, 2H), 0.40-0.46 (m, 2H), 0.51-0.61 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.40 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.47 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.74 (m, 1H), .08 (m, 3H), 3.37- 3.53 (m, 3H), 4.26 (dd, J1 = 14.1 Hz, J2 = 0.7 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.89 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.20 (m, 1H).

Example 1.2: Preparation of 6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 102) Step A: Preparation of 2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (4 g, 100.0 mmol) in 180 mL THF, a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (5.1 g, 34.89 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added slowly.

After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, flask was placed into an ice/water-bath and iodomethane (6.5 mL, 104.2 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature. After stirring overnight, the mixture was quenched by the slow addition of water, partly concentrated, an extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by e column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2,2- dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (5.5 g, 91 %) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CDC13) 5 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.99 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (t, J = 6.4, 2H), 7.20-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 2,2—dimethylmethylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene To a sion of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (5.1 g, 14.28 mmol) in 20 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (17.2 mL, 17.20 mmol) was added. After stirring at 120°C (oil bath) for 40 min, a solution of methyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.1 g, 6.313 mmol) in 3 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 120°C for 10 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, ed, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2,2-dimethylmethylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (927 mg, 85%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.68 (t, J: 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.86 (t, J: 6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.07 (s, 1H), 5.44 (s, 1H), 7.08-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.58-7.60 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydr0-2'H-spir0[cyclopropane-1,1'- naphthalene] To an oled solution of 2,2-dimethylmethylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (822 mg, 4.772 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (2.1 mL, 28.93 mmol) in 30 mL DCE, 1 M diethylzinc in s (24 mL, 24.00 mmol) was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 h, suspension was quenched by the slow addition of 1 M NH4Cl and ice, and extracted with water and CH2C12 (3x). Combined c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalene] (848 mg, 95 %) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 .77 (m, 2H), 0.84 (s, 6H), 0.99-1.02 (m, 2H), 1.69 (t, J: 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.90 (t, J: 6.7 Hz, 2H), 6.71 (d, J: 7.8 Hz, 1H), .10 (m, 3H).

Step D: Preparation of 2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)- 0 To a solution of 2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalene] (822 mg, 4.412 mmol) in 16 mL DCE, Rh2(cap)4 (18.8 mg, 44.42 umol), sodium bicarbonate (190 mg, 2.262 mmol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (4 mL, 22.00 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C (oil bath) for 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (18.6 mg) and 5 .5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane (4 mL) were added. After stirring at 40°C overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (643 mg, 73%) as a colorless oil that solidified after a while. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.92-0.95 (m, 8H), 1.18-1.21 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 2H), 6.88 (d, J: 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J1 : 7.9 Hz, J2 : 1.4 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of (E, 2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,1'-naphthalen]- 4'(3'PD-ylidene)acet0nitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (255 mg, 6.38 mmol) in 20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.11 g, 6.266 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added (over ca. min). on flask was put into an ter-bath and a on of 2',2'-dimethyl-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (631 mg, 3.151 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 2 h, the mixture was continued to be stirred at 60°C (oil bath). After stirring over -the-weekend, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO nt + 0.1 % TFA). Fractions containing the product were partly concentrated. The residue was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated to give (E, 2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]—4'(3'H)- ylidene)acetonitrile (399 mg, 57 %) as an oil (E:Z : 64:36). 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 5 0.84-0.87 (m, 2H), 0.90 (s, 6H), 1.11-1.15 (m, 2H), 2.46 (d, J: 1.3 Hz, 0.72H), 2.78 (d, J: 1.2 Hz, 1.28H), 5.23- .24 (m, 0.36H), 5.77-5.78 (m, 0.64), 6.75-6.80 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 0.64H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 0.36H), 7.30-7.36 (m, 1H), 7.52 (dd, J1 : 7.9 Hz, J2 : 1.3 Hz, 0.64H), 8.28 (dd, J1 : 7.9 Hz, J2 :1.3 Hz, 0.36H).

Step F: Preparation of tert-butyl (2-(2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-Z'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)carbamate NHBoc To a solution of 2-(2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)- ylidene)acetonitrile (342 mg, 1.531 mmol) in 30 mL MeOH, cobalt(II) de hexahydrate (1.1 g, 4.623 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, sodium tetrahydroborate (289 mg, 7.639 mmol) was added in small ns over ca. 0.5 h (slightly exothermic). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, more cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.1 g) and MeOH (ca. 20 mL) were added and another ca. 2 g of sodium tetrahydroborate was added in small portions over the course of ca. h. Then, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (670 mg, 3.070 mmol) was added and mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the e was extracted with water and AcOEt.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give tert—butyl ,2'—dimethyl-3',4'— dihydro-Z'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)carbamate (335 mg, 66 %) as a viscous oil. LCMS m/z = 330.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.48-0.52 (m, 1H), 0.74 (s, 3H), 0.86- 0.91 (m, 4H), 0.99-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.55 (m, 11H), 1.70-1.81 (m, 2H), 2.11-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.99-3.07 (m, 1H), .26 (m, 1H), 4.48-4.53 (m, 1H), 6.74-6.76 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.10 (m, 2H), 7.23-7.26 (m, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of tert-butyl (2-(2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydr0-2'H-spir0[cyclopropane- 1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)carbamate To a solution of tert-butyl (2-(2',2'—dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro [cyclopropane-1,1'- naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)carbamate (333 mg, 1.011 mmol) in 10 mL DCM, TFA (2.34 mL, 30.56 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give 2-(2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'- yl)ethanamine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (347 mg, 100%) as a tanned solid. LCMS m/z = 230.6 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.42-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.78 (s, 3H), 0.90-0.98 (m, 4H), 1.05-1.10 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.04 (m, 1H), .29 (m, 1H), 2.86-3.02 (m, 2H), 3.13- 3.20 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.83 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.29 (m, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of tert-butyl (2-(2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydr0-2'H-spir0[cyclopropane- 1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)carbamate To an ice-cooled solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (393 mg, 1.514 mmol) and triethylamine (0.563 mL, 3.984 mmol) in 10 mL DCM, a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (393 mg, 1.514 mmol) in 5 mL DCM was added slowly (over ca. 15 min). After 0.5 h, solution was allowed to warm to room ature. After stirring at room ature for 3 h, more triethylamine (0.1 mL) and ichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (60 mg) dissolved in 1 mL DCM were added at 0°C. The mixture was stirred for an additional 1 hour at room temperature and then, extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(2',2'—dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (297 mg, 66 %). LCMS m/z = 450.4 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.45-0.51 (m, 1H), 0.74 (s, 3H), 0.86-0.95 (m, 4H), 1.01- 1.07 (m, 2H), 1.42-1.48 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.69 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.08-2.16 (m, 1H), 3.00-3.14 (m, 3H), 4.04-4.07 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 2H), .78 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.13 (m, 2H), 7.23 (dd, J1 : 8.1 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J: 2.0 Hz, 1H).

Step I: ation of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'- hexahydro-l'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] To a solution of acetic ide (20.9 141, 0.222 mmol), methanesulfonic acid (89 141, 1.371 mmol), and 1,3,5-trioxane (29.2 mg, 0.324 mmol) in 3 mL DCE, a on of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)- N—(2-(2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'- yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (91 mg, 0.201 mmol) in 1 mL DCE was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution was diluted with CH2C12 and ted with 1 M NaHCOg. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-6',6'- dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (28.3 mg, %) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.62-0.67 (m, 1H), 0.74 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.88-1.02 (m, 2H), 1.07-1.12 (m, 1H), 1.18-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.67 (m, 3H), 3.17-3.33 (m, 2H), 3.88- 3.99 (m, 3H), 4.16 (d, J: 15.7 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dd, J1 : 15.4 Hz, J2 :1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.75 (dd, J1 : 8.0 Hz, J2 : 1.1 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J1 : 8.2 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (dd, J1 : 7.2 Hz, J2 : 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.07- 7.11 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step J: Preparation of 6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 102) To a solution of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (52.3 mg, 0.113 mmol) in 2 mL toluene, 60% Red-Al in toluene (1.1 mL, 3.382 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 4 h, solution was quenched by the careful on of ice. The mixture was concentrated, CH3CN was added, solids were filtered off, and filtrate was partly concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO nt + 0.1% TFA) to give 6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 2,2,2-trifiuoroacetate (20.1 mg, 50%). LCMS m/z : 242.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.52-0.57 (m, 1H), 0.79 (s, 3H), 0.90 (s, 3H), .01 (m, 1H), 1.03-1.09 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.92-2.03 (m, 2H), 3.38-3.46 (m, 2H), 3.51-3.57 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.37 (m, 2H), 6.85-6.90 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 2H).

Step K: Resolution of 6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound102) into Enantiomers 103 and 104.

Compound 102 was ed to give two enantiomers by normal phase ative chiral HPLC under the following ions: Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 pm (particle size), 250 x 20 mm (L x ID) Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5 + 0.1% triethylamine Gradient: Isocratic Flow: 10 mL/min Detector: UV 254 nm Retention Times: 1st enantiomer: 30.3 min; 2nd enantiomer: 32.7 min Example 1.3: Preparation of 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 107) Step A: Preparation of 2-(3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(ZED-ylidene)acetonitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.83 g, 20.75 mmol) in 50 mL THF, a solution of l (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (3.65 g, 20.61 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added (over ca. min). The mixture was placed into an ter-bath and a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)- one (2.13 g, 14.57 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture was quenched by the dropwise addition of water and extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phases were concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing the product were partly concentrated and e extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2-(3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (1.63 g, 66 %) as an oil (E:Z = 75:25). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.92-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.62 (m, 0.5H), 2.86-2.92 (m, 35H), .27-5.28 (m, , 5.73-5.74 (m, 0.75H), 7.18-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.56 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 0.75H), 8.30 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 0.96 Hz, 0.25H).

Step B: Preparation of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethanamine To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed three times with MeOH), a solution of 2-(3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (1.62 g, 9.573 mmol) in ca. 80 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (15 mL, 105.0 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60 psi hydrogen re over-the-weekend. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite, washed with additional MeOH, and concentrated to give 2-(1,2,3,4- 2016/044426 tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl)ethanamine (86% pure, 1.71 g, 88 %). LCMS m/z : 176.6 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.65-1.90 (m, 6H), 2.70-2.97 (m, 5H), 7.04-7.17 (m, 4H).

Step C: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide To a solution of 2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethanamine (86% pure, 1.6 g, 7.851 mmol) and triethylamine (1.91 mL, 13.72 mmol) in 70 mL CHzClz, a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (2.4 g, 9.247 mmol) in 20 mL CH2C12 was added (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give 1-(3,4- dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (2.7 g, 86%).

LCMS m/z : 396.3 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.55-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.93 (m, 5H), 2.73- 2.87 (m, 3H), 3.08-3.13 (m, 2H), 4.08-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 7.05-7.15 (m, 4H), 7.23 (dd, J1 : 8.3 Hz, J2 : 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J: 1H).

Step D: Preparation of 2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine N~So° Cl To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (110 mg, 0.276 mmol) in 2 mL DCE, 1,3,5 -trioxane (42 mg, 0.466 mmol) acetic ide (26.1 , 1.11, 0.276 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (112 pl, 1.725 mmol) were added.

After stirring at room temperature for 15 min, solution was extracted with CH2C12 and 1 M NaHCOg.

Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-((3,4- dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (86.1 mg, 76%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.08-1.18 (m, 1H), 1.49-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.72 (m, 3H), 1.91- 1.99 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.86 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.11 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.77-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.92 (d, J: 13.0 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (d, J: 15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.62 (dd, J1 :15.3 Hz, J2 : 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J: 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (dd, J1 : 8.3 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.13 (m, 3H), 7.31 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of utyl 3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)- carboxylate NW/o To a solution of 2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine (83.0 mg, 0.202 mmol) in 4 mL toluene, 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (2 mL, 6.15 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, solution was continued to be d at 80°C. After 5.5 h, vial was put in an ice/water-bath and quenched by the slow addition of ca. 1 mL EtOH. After stirring under ice-cooling for 10 min, (BOC)20 (150 mg, 0.687 mmol) was added. After stirring for r 30 min, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert—butyl 3,4,4a,5,6,7- hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate (30.2 mg, 0.105 mmol, 52%). LCMS m/z = 288.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.64-1.81 (m, 5H), 1.95-2.04 (m, 1H), .77 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.73 (m, 0.33H), 4.07-4.26 (m, 1.77H), 4.54-4.65 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.14 (m, 3H).

Step F: Preparation of 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 107) To a solution of tert-butyl 3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate (10 mg, 34.80 umol) in 0.35 mL CHzClz, TFA (80 ul, 1.045 mmol) was added. After ng at room temperature for 2 h, solution was concentrated and e was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 nt + 0.1% TFA) to give 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (9.5 mg, 91 %). LCMS m/z = 188.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.69-1.91 (m, 4H), 1.94- 2.00 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.72-2.84 (m, 2H), 3.24-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.49 (m, 2H), 4.23 (dd, J1 = 14.0 Hz, J2 = 0.4 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H),7.11-7.19 (m, 3H).

Example 1.4: Preparation of 8-bromo-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine und 106) Step A: Preparation of 2-(5-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(ZED-ylidene)acetonitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.5 g, 12.50 mmol) in 50 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (2.2 g, 12.42 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added slowly.

After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of o-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (2.0 g, 8.886 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature for 4 h, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The e was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2- (5 -bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (2.18 g, 99%) (E:Z = 61 :39).1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.96-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.56 (m, 0.61H), 2.84-2.92 (m, 3.39H), 5.32-5.33 (m, 0.39H), .71-5.72 (5, 0.61H), 7.08-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.50 (d, J: 8.0 Hz, 0.61H), 7.60-7.64 (m, 1H), 8.16-8.18 (m, 0.39H), Step B: Preparation of tert-butyl (2-(5-br0mo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydr0naphthalen yl)ethyl)carbamate NHBoc To a mixture of romo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (1.04 g, 4.192 mmol) and cobalt(H) chloride drate (4.09 g, 17.19 mmol) in 80 mL MeOH, sodium ydroborate (2 g, 52.86 mmol) was added in small portions over ca. 3 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.8 g, 8.248 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1.5 h, the mixture was partly concentrated and e was extracted with water and AcOEt. c phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert—butyl (2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl)ethyl)carbamate (934 mg, 63%) 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.68-1.88 (m, 6H), 2.62-2.91 (m, 3H), 3.14-3.30 (m, 2H), (br s, 1H), 6.96-7.00 (m, 1H), 7.09 (d, J: 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.0 Hz,1H).

Step C: ation of N-(2-(5-br0mo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydr0naphthalenyl)ethyl)(3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulf0namide H “o To a solution of tert-butyl (2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)carbamate (928 mg, 2.619 mmol) in 26 mL CHzClz, TFA (6.05 mL, 79.01 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL CH2C12 and triethylamine (1.83 mL, 13.13 mmol). And then, a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (780 mg, 3.005 mmol) in 6 mL CH2C12 was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution was extracted with water and . Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give N—(2-(5 -bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen yl)ethyl)(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (690 mg, 55%). LCMS m/z = 476.3 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.56-1.66 (m, 1H), .87 (m, 5H), 2.65-2.87 (m, 3H), 3.03-3.19 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.18-4.20 (m, 2H), 6.97-7.03 (m, 2H), 7.24 (dd, J1 : 8.3 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (dd, J1 : 7.0 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 2H).

Step D: Preparation of 8-bromo((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- 0ctahydr0naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine To a solution of N-(2-(5-bromo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)(3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (612 mg, 1.282 mmol) in 13 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (340 mg, 3.775 mmol), acetic anhydride (0.121 mL, 1.282 mmol), methanesulfonic acid (515 141, 7.931 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 15 min, solution was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give 8-bromo((3,4- dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (484 mg, 77 %) as a white solid.1H NMR (400 MHz,CDC13)5 1.17-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.52-1.59 (m, 1H), .70 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.90 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.91 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.32 (m, 1H), .79 (m, 1H), 3.86 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (d, J: 15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (dd, J1 :15.3 Hz, J2 : 1.4 Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.94 (m, 2H), 6.99 (dd, J1 : 8.3 Hz, J2 : 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.34 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J: 7.9 Hz,1H).

Step E: ation tert-butyl 8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphth0[1,8-cd]azepine- 2(1PD-carb0xylate Boc A mixture of 8-bromo((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine (429 mg, 0.877 mmol), phenol (181 mg, 1.923 mmol), and 48% hydrogen bromide in water (10 mL, 88.4 mmol) in 10 mL AcOH (in a high pressure vessel) was d at 120°C (oil bath) for 2 d.

The mixture was trated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA).

Fractions containing the t were concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 7 mL CH2C12 and triethylamine (0.122 mL, 0.877 mmol) and (BOC)20 (380 mg, 1.741 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution was concentrated and residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give utyl 8-bromo- 3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)-carboxylate (271 mg, 84%) as a colorless viscous oil. LCMS m/z : 366.5 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.66-1.79 (m, 5H), 1.87- 1.95 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.86 (m, 1H), 3.06-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.29 (m, 0.65H), 3.35- 3.44 (m, 0.35H), 3.66-3.74 (m, 0.35H), .22 (m, 1.65H), 4.51-4.62 (m, 1H), 6.90-7.03 (m, 1H), .38 (m, 1H).

Step F: Preparation of 8-bromo-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 106) To a solution of tert-butyl 8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)- ylate (5 mg, 13.65 umol) in 0.2 mL CH2C12, TFA (29 ul, 0.379 mmol) was added. After ng at room temperature overnight, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give 8- bromo-l,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (5.2 mg, 100%). LCMS m/z : 266.0 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 .07 (m, 6H), 2.67-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.86 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.44 (m, 2H), 4.24 (d, J: 14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J: 14.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J: 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.48 (d, J: 8.0 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.5: ation of 8-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 127) A mixture of tert—butyl 8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)- carboxylate (36 mg, 98.28 umol), bis(tri-t-butylphosphine)palladium (10 mg, 19.57 umol), and 0.5 M cyclopropylzinc(II) bromide in THF (1 mL, 0.500 mmol) was stirred at 80°C (oil bath) overnight. The mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing the product were concentrated.

The residue was dissolved in 1 mL CH2C12 and TFA (226 pl, 2.951 mmol) was added. After stirring at room ature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give 8- cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (29.3 mg, 87 %).

LCMS m/z : 228.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.51-0.63 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.99 (m, 2H), 1.72-2.08 (m, 7H), 2.80-2.97 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.45 (m, 3H), 4.18 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (d, J : 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J: 7.7 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.6: Preparation of 8-fluoro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 138) A solution of tert—butyl 8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)- carboxylate (39 mg, 0.106 mmol) in 1 mL THF was cooled in a dry-ice/acetone-bath and 2 M ithium in hexane (0.1 mL, 0.200 mmol) was added. After stirring at -78°C for 0.5 h, a solution of N—fluoro-N—(phenylsulfonyl)benzenesulfonamide (50 mg, 0.159 mmol) in 0.2 mL THF was added. The e was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for 2 h, the mixture was quenched by the slow addition of water and extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give an inseparable mixture of desired Boc-product and de-bromination side t (major). The residue was ved in 1 mL DCM and TFA (250 pl, 3.265 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give 8-f1uoro- 4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trif1uoroacetate (4.1 mg, 12%). LCMS m/z : 206.9 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.72-2.10 (m, 6H), 2.64-2.79 (m, 2H), 3.25-3.49 (m, 3H), 4.25 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.42 (d, J: 14.1Hz, 1H), 6.91-6.95 (m, 1H), .24 (m, 1H).

Example 1.7: Preparation of 8-chloro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 111) To a solution of tert-butyl 8-bromo-3,4,4a,5,6,7-hexahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine-2(1H)- ylate (38 mg, 0.104 mmol) in 1 mL THF in a dry-ice/acetone-bath, 2 M butyllithium in hexane (0.1 mL, 0.200 mmol) was added. After ng at -78°C for 1 h, a solution of perchloroethane (52 mg, 0.220 mmol) in 0.2 mL THF was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 h, the mixture was quenched with water and extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC /HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing Boc-product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 1 mL CH2C12 and 2,2,2- trifluoroacetic acid (300 [41, 3.918 mmol) was added. After stirring overnight, the mixture was concentrated and residue was dried under high vacuum to give 8-chloro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- dronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (3.3 mg, 10%).

LCMS m/z : 222.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.29-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.72-2.07 (m, 6H), 2.69-2.88 (m, 2H), 3.39-3.47 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, J: 14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.45 (d, J: 14.2 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J : 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (d, J: 8.1 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.8: Preparation 7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 135) Step A: Preparation of 2-(5-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(ZED-ylidene)acetonitrile CN To a suspension of 60% sodium e dispersion (0.18 g, 4.500 mmol) in 10 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethy1)phosphonate (0.8 g, 4.516 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added slowly.

After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 4,4-dimethy1-3,4-dihydronaphtha1en-1(2H)- one (525 mg, 3.013 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(4,4-dimethy1-3,4-dihydronaphtha1en-1(2H)-y1idene)acetonitri1e (480 mg, 81 %) (E:Z : 67:33). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.31 (s, , 1.32 (s, 4.02H), 1.79-1.84 (m, 2H), 2.60- 2.63 (m, 0.66), 2.91-2.95 (m, 1.34 H), 5.26-5.27 (m, 0.33H), 5.68-5.69 (m, , 7.18-7.22 (m, 0.67H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 0.33H), 7.36-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.49-7.51 (m, , 8.15-8.17 (m, 0.33H).

Step B: ation of 2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethanamine To an rmined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed three times with MeOH), a solution of 2-(4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (477 mg, 2.418 mmol) in ca. 20 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (5 mL, 35.00 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60 psi en re overnight. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite, washed with additional MeOH, and concentrated to give 2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl)ethanamine (84% pure, 504 mg, 86%). LCMS m/z = 204.4 [M+1]+.

Step C: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide H:\S/\©:CI“O To a solution of 2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethanamine (84% pure, 501 mg, 2.070 mmol) and triethylamine (0.61 mL, 4.377 mmol) in 20 mL CHzClz, a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (780 mg, 3.005 mmol) in 10 mL CH2C12 was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was extracted with CH2C12 and water. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(4,4-dimethyl- 4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (70% pure, 710 mg, 56%). LCMS m/z = 424.3 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.21 (s, 3H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.53-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.68-1.95 (m, 4H), 2.77-2.83 (m, 1H), .14 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.19 (m, 3H), 7.01-7.04 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.25 (m, 4H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 2H).

Step D: Preparation of 2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine N‘s/9 Cl To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (70% pure, 705 mg, 1.157 mmol) in 10 mL DCE, 1,3,5 -trioxane (177 mg, 1.965 mmol), acetic anhydride (0.11 mL, 1.164 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (0.5 mL, 7.700 mmol) were added. After stirring at room ature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with water and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing the product were concentrated and e was re-purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA).

Fractions containing the product were concentrated and residue was extracted with CH2C12 and 1 M NaHCO3. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, ed, and concentrated to give 2-((3,4- dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8 -cd]azepine (325 mg, 64%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.43-1.69 (m, 5H), 2.03-2.11 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.14 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.69-3.75 (m, 1H), 38-392 (m, 2H), 4.30 (d, J: 15.0 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (dd, J1 :15.0 Hz, J2 : 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J1 : 8.2 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J1 : 7.3 Hz, J2 : 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, J: 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (d, J: 8.2 Hz,1H), 7.37 (dd, J1 : 8.0 Hz, J2 :1.2 Hz,1H).

Step E: Preparation 7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 135) A mixture of 2-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (194 mg, 0.443 mmol), phenol (85 mg, 0.903 mmol), and 48% hydrogen bromide in water (4 mL, 35.36 mmol) in 4 mL acetic acid was stirred at 120°C (oil bath).

After 22 h, the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing the product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL DCM and triethylamine (310 141, 2.224 mmol) and (BOC)20 (0.2 g, 0.916 mmol) were added. After stirring at room ature for 0.5 h, solution was concentrated and residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing the desired product were concentrated. The residue was ved in 5 mL CH2C12 and TFA (1 mL, 13.06 mmol) was added.

After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give 7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (83 mg, 57%). LCMS m/z : 216.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.28 (s, 3H), 1.32 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.63 (m, 1H), .78 (m, 2H), 1.85-2.02 (m, 2H), .20 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.43 (m, 2H), 4.22 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.49 (dd, J1 : 7.8 Hz, J2 : 1.4 Hz, 1H).

Step F: Resolution of Compound 135 into Enantiomers 110 and 122 Compound 135 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phase preparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions: Column: Normal phase semi preparative PAK®IF column, 5 um cle size), 250 x 20 mm (L x ID) Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5 + 0.1% triethylamine Gradient: Isocratic Flow: 10 mL/min Detector: UV 254 nm Retention Times: 1St enantiomer: 25.8 min; 2nGl enantiomer: 31.8 min Example 1.9: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 128) Step A: Preparation of 1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (5.03 g, 14.08 mmol) in 20 mL toluene, potassium 2-methylpropanolate (15 mL, 15.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 120°C (oil bath) for 40 min, a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.01 g, 6.909 mmol) in 3 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 120°C for 10 min, allowed to cool to room ature, and extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1- ene-l,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (931 mg, 93%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.85 (m, 2H), .56 (m, 2H), 2.84 (t, J: 6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.93-4.95 (m, 1H), 5.46-5.48 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.62-7.66 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalene] To a solution of 1-methylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (904 mg, 6.269 mmol) in 40 mL DCE, chloroiodomethane (5 g, 28.35 mmol) was added. Flask was placed into an ice/water-bath and 1 M diethylzinc in hexanes (25 mL, 25.00 mmol) was added over ca. 5 min. After stirring under ice- cooling for 1.5 h, the mixture was quenched by the slow addition of 1 M NH4Cl. The mixture was extracted with CH2C12 and water. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was purified by e column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give 3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalene] (894 mg, 90%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.76-0.79 (m, 2H), .97 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.68 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.93 (m, 2H), 2.88 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 6.65 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.09 (m, 3H).

Step C: Preparation of 2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'PD-one To a mixture of 3',4'-dihydro-2'H—spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalene] (861 mg, 5.441 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (460 mg, 5.476 mmol), and Rh2(cap)4 (29.6 mg, 69.94 umol) in 20 mL DCE, 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (5 mL, 27.50 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40°C (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (25 mg) was added. After stirring ght, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (718 mg, 77 %) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.97-1.00 (m, 2H), .11 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.00 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.79 (m, 2H), 6.82 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 0.64 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 1H), 8.03 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of 2-(2'H—spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)- ylidene)acetonitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (270 mg, 6.75 mmol) in 15 mL THF, a solution of diethyl methyl)phosphonate (1.1 g, 6.210 mmol) in 6 mL THF was added .

After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]- 4'(3'H)-one (710 mg, 4.123 mmol) in 6 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (628 mg, 78 %) (E:Z = 68:32). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.90-0.93 (m, 2H), 1.03-1.06 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.86 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.69 (m, 0.64H), 2.96-3.00 (m, 1.36 H),5.27-5.28 (m, 0.32H), .73 (m, , 6.71-6.78 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.53 (dd, J]: 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, , 8.21 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 0.32H).

Step E: Preparation of utyl (2-(5-br0mo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydr0naphthalen yl)ethyl)carbamate NHBoc To a mixture of 2-(2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (626 mg, 3.206 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (3.05 g, 12.82 mmol) in 60 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (1.5 g, 39.65 mmol) was added in small portions over 2 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.4 g, 6.415 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert—butyl (2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)carbamate (647 mg, 67%). 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 0.77-0.86 (m, 3H), 1.03.1.10 (m, 1H), 1.34-1.38 (m, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), .05 (m, 5 H), 2.90-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.33 (m, 2H), 4.52 (br s, 1H), 6.64-6.66 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.12 (m, 3H).

Step F: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide H:\S/\©:CI‘b To a solution of tert-butyl (2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]—4'— yl)ethyl)carbamate (649 mg, 2.153 mmol) in 20 mL CHzClz, TFA (5 mL, 65.29 mmol) was added.

After ng at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 15 mL CH2C12 and triethylamine (1.5 mL, 10.76 mmol). The mixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath and a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (837 mg, 3.225 mmol) dissolved in 5 mL CH2C12 was added slowly. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and after 30 min, extracted with water and CHzClz. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt nt) to give -dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (694 mg, 76 %). LCMS m/z = 422.3 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.78-0.87 (m, 3H), 1.05-1.08 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.79-2.03 (m, 4H), 2.89-2.95 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.17 (m, 2H), 4.09-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 6.65-6.67 (m, 1H), 7.02-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.24 (dd, J1 = 8.2 Hz, J2 = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,7'-naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'- naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (674 mg, 1.588 mmol) in 17 mL DCE, acetic anhydride (0.152 mL, 1.608 mmol), 1,3,5 -trioxane (352 mg, 3.908 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (0.64 mL, 9.856 mmol) were added. After ng at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2'-((3,4- dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8 - pine] (310 mg, 45%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.79-0.92 (m, 3H), 1.19- 1.32 (m, 3H), 1.50-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.91 (m, 1H), 2.06-2.15 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.23 WO 23679 2016/044426 (m, 1H), 3.29-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.92 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (d, J: 15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (dd, J1 : 15.3 Hz, J2 : 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.72-6.77 (m, 2H), 7.00-7.03 (m, 2H), .13 (m, 1H), 7.31 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 128) To a solution of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (249 mg, 0.571 mmol) in 10 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (5 mL, 15.37 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, solution was continued to be stirred at 80°C (oil bath). After stirring at 80°C overnight, vial was put in an ice-water bath and quenched by the slow addition of EtOH. After stirring under oling for 10 min, (BOC)20 (0.5 g, 2.291 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 h, the mixture was ted with 1 M NaOH and . c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing BOC- protected t were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 6 mL CH2C12 and TFA (1.3 mL, 16.98 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (125 mg, 67%). LCMS m/z : 214.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CD3OD) 5 0.84-0.90 (m, 3H), 1.07-1.14 (m, 1H), 1.38-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.83-2.02 (m, 4H), 2.18-2.21 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.45 (m, 3H), 4.23 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 6.81-6.86 (m, 1H), 7.11- 7.16 (m, 2H).

Step I: Resolution of Compound 128 into Enantiomers 123 and 136 Compound 128 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phase preparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions: Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 um (particle size), 250 x 20 mm (L x ID) Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5 + 0.1% triethylamine Gradient: Isocratic Flow: 10 mL/min Detector: UV 254 nm Retention Times: 1St omer: 32.9 min; 2““1 enantiomer: 38.7 min Example 1.10: Preparation of 8-bromo-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine (Compound 109) Step A: Preparation of 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-3,4—dihydronaphthalen-2(IPD-one To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.4 g, 10.00 mmol) in 25 mL THF, a solution of 8-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (1 g, 4.443 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After ng at room temperature for 10 min, iodomethane (0.56 mL, 8.976 mmol) was added. After stirring at room ature for 2 h, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-3,4- dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (791 mg, 70%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.72 (s, 6H), 2.72-2.76 (m, 2H), 3.06 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 6.99 (m, 1H), .11 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.54 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene A mixture of 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (786 mg, 3.105 mmol), potassium hydroxide (1.7 g, 30.30 mmol), and hydrazine (1.19 mL, 37.91 mmol) in 25 mL ethyleneglycol (in a high pressure vial) was stirred at 205°C (oil bath). After 2 h, the e was d to cool to room temperature and was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (573 mg, 77 %) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.55 (s, 6H), 1.69-1.76 (m, 4H), 2.80 (t, J = 5.8 HZ, 2H), 6.85-6.89 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.01 (m, 1H), 7.39-7.41 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 5-bromo-4,4—dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2PD-one 0 To a mixture of 8-bromo-1,1-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (560 mg, 2.342 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (106 mg, 1.262 mmol), and Rh2(cap)4 (16.4 mg, 38.75 umol) in 10 mL DCE, 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (2.2 mL, 12.10 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40°C (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (11.4 mg) was added. After stirring overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 5 -bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (488 mg, 82%) as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z = 255.6 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.66 (s, 6H), 2.02-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.66- 2.70 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (dd, J1 = 7.7 Hz, J2 = 1.6 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of give 2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2PD- ylidene)acetonitrile 2016/044426 To a suspension of 60% sodium e dispersion (120 mg, 3.000 mmol) in 4 mL THF, a solution of 5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (482 mg, 1.904 mmol) in 8 mL THF was added . After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 5-bromo-4,4- yl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (482 mg, 1.904 mmol) in 4 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature for 3 h, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4- dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (473 mg, 90 %) (E:Z = 56:44 ). LCMS m/z = 276.5 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.59 (s, 2.6H), 1.60 (s, 3.4H), 1.86-1.92 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.83 (m, 1H), 5.25-5.26 (m, 0.44H), 5.58-5.59 (m, 0.56H), 7.02-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.4 Hz, 0.56H), 7.65-7.69 (m, 1H), 8.02 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.4 Hz, 0.44H).

Step E: ation of tert-butyl br0mo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen- 1-yl)ethyl)carbamate NHBoc To a mixture of 2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (502 mg, 1.818 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.77 g, 7.439 mmol) in 40 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (990 mg, 26.17 mmol) was added in small portions over ca. 3 h. After ng at room temperature overnight, di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (1 g, 4.582 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert—butyl (2-(5-bromo-4,4- dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)carbamate (175 mg, 25%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.49 (s, 3H), 1.57-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.74-1.92 (m, 4H), 2.82-2.88 (m, 1H), 3.16-3.27 (m, 2H), 4.51 (br s, 1H), 6.90-6.94 (m, 1H), 7.07 (d, J: 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 :14 Hz, 1H).

Step F: Preparation ofN-(2-(5-br0mo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen yl)ethyl)(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide H “O To a solution of utyl bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen yl)ethyl)carbamate (174 mg, 0.455 mmol) in 5 mL CHzClz, 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (1.1 mL, 14.36 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high . The residue was ved in 5 mL CH2C12 and ylamine (320 1.11, 2.299 mmol). The mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (177 mg, 0.682 mmol) in 2 mL CH2C12 was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, more (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (100 mg) was added. After stirring at room temperature for another 1 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give N- (2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)(3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (168 mg, 73%). LCMS m/z : 506.3 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 5 1.49 (s, 3H), 1.53-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 3H), 1.74-1.89 (m, 4H), .88 (m, 1H), 3.04-3.13 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.09 (m, 1H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 6.91-6.95 (m, 1H), 6.99-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.50 (m, 3H).

Step G: Preparation of 8-bromo-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8- cd]azepine (Compound 109) To a solution of N-(2-(5-bromo-4,4-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)(3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (43.1 mg, 85.30 umol) in 1 mL DCE, acetic anhydride (8.1 1.11, 85.69 umol), 1,3,5-trioxane (19 mg, 0.211 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (35 ul, 0.539 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 20 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8-bromo((3,4- dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8 -cd]azepine (not pure).

The residue was dissolved in 0.5 mL AcOH and phenol (8.1 mg, 86.07 umol) and 48% hydrogen bromide (0.5 mL, 9.208 mmol) were added. The mixture was d at 120°C for 2 h and then purified by HPLC /HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give 8-bromo-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (1.5 mg, 4.3%). LCMS m/z : 296.2 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.54 (s, 3H), 1.62 (s, 3H), 1.63-2.11 (m, 6H), 3.30-3.46 (m, 3H), 4.23 (d, J : 14.1 H, 1H), 4.45 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J: 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J: 8.0 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.11: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 137) Step A: Preparation of 8'-bromo-3',4'-dihydro-Z'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]- 2¥one To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (365 mg, 9.13 mmol) in 20 mL THF, a solution of 8-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (932 mg, 4.141 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, 1,4-diiodobutane (0.545 mL, 4.145 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The e was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8'-bromo-3',4'- dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-2'-one (810 mg, 70%) as an off-white solid. LCMS m/z = 281.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.79-1.91 (m, 2H), 2.04-2.15 (m, 4H), 2.48-2.57 (m, 2H), .80 (m, 2H), 3.07 (t, J = 6.9 Hz, 2H), 6.98-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.10 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.55 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 8-br0mo-1,1-dimethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene A e of 8'-bromo-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-2'-one (800 mg, 2.866 mmol), potassium hydroxide (1.45 g, 25.84 mmol), and hydrazine (1.081 mL, 34.44 mmol) in 20 mL ethylene glycol (in a high pressure vessel) was stirred at 205°C (oil bath). After 2 h, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8'-bromo-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[cyclopentane-l,1'-naphthalene] (370 mg, 49%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.53-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.86 (m, 6H), 2.01-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.65 (m, 2H), 2.81 (t, J: 6.2 Hz, 2H), 6.86-6.90 (m, 1H), 7.00-7.03 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.44 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 8'-br0mo-2'H—spir0[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'PD-0ne To a e of 8'-bromo-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalene] (365 mg, 1.376 mmol),sodium onate (130 mg, 1.547 mmol), and Rh2(cap)4 (17.6 mg, 41.59 umol) in 10 mL DCE, 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (1.4 mL, 7.700 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40°C (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (12.3 mg) was added. After ng overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was d by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8'-bromo-2'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (280 mg, 73%) as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z = 281.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (4 00 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.73-1.92 (m, 4H), .19 (m, 4H), 2.60-2.67 (m, 4H), 7.11-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.79 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.05 (dd, J1 = 7.7 Hz, J2 = 1.6 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of 2-(8'-br0m0-2'H-spir0[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'PD- ylidene)acetonitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium e dispersion (68 mg, 1.700 mmol) in 3 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (280 mg, 1.581 mmol) in 3 mL THF was added slowly.

After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 8'-bromo-2'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'- alen]-4'(3'H)-one (284 mg, 1.017 mmol) in 4 mL THF was added. After stirring at room ature for 5 h, the e was extracted with CH2C12 and water. Organic phases was dried over MgSO4, ed, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(8'-bromo-2'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)- ylidene)acetonitrile (295 mg, 96%) (E:Z = 60:40). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.57-1.66 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.95 (m, 4H), 2.05-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.60-2.70 (m, 2H), 2.75-2.78 (m, 1H), 5.25- .26 (m, 0.4H), 5.60-5.61 (m, 0.6H), 7.01-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.44 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.4 H, 0.6H), 7.67- 7.71 (m, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 :14 Hz, 0.4H).

Step E: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlor0phenyl)-N-(2-(3',4'-dihydr0-2'H- spir0[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulf0namide To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed three times with MeOH), a solution of 2-(8'-bromo-2'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (295 mg, 0.976 mmol) in ca.10 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (2 mL, 14.00 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60 psi hydrogen pressure overnight. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated and dried under high vacuum.

The residue was ved in 7 mL CH2C12 and triethylamine (0.272 mL, 1.954 mmol) and a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (380 mg, 1.464 mmol) in 3 mL CH2C12 was added. After ng at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H- cyclopentane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (180 mg, 41%) as an oil. LCMS m/z = 450.4 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.56-2.02 (m, 14H), 2.77-2.83 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.15 (m, 2H), 4.05-4.09 (m, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 7.00-7.02 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.11 (m, 1H), .19 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.45-7.50 (m, 2H).

Step F: Preparation of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,1'- naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (175 mg, 0.387 mmol) in 4 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (100 mg, 1.110 mmol), acetic anhydride (37 141, 0.391 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (166 141, 2.560 mmol) were added. After ng at room temperature for 15 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO3 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing (mainly pure) t were concentrated to give 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'- hexahydro-l'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (108 mg, 60%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.34-1.44 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.44 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.90- m, 7H), 1.97-2.11 (m, 2H), 3.06-3.11 (m, 1H), .35 (m, 1H), 3.70-3.75 (m, 1H), 3.85-3.93 (m, 2H), 4.31 (d, J = 15.1H, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J1 = 15.1 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J1 = 8.2 H, J2 = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J1 = 7.5 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.33 (m, 3H).

Step G: ation of 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 137) A mixture of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopentane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (105 mg, 0.226 mmol), phenol (50 mg, 0.531 mmol), and 48% hydrogen bromide in water (2 mL, 36.83 mmol) in 2 mL acetic acid was stirred at 120°C (oil bath). After 1 d, the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing the product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 2 mL CH2C12 and triethylamine (160 141, 1.148 mmol) and di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (140 mg, 0.641 mmol) were added. After ng at room temperature for 0.5 h, solution was concentrated and residue was purified by e column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt nt). Fractions containing desired product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 2 mL CH2C12 and TFA (1 mL, 13.06 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give 4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (50.0 mg, 62 %). LCMS m/z = 242.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CD3OD) 5 1.65-2.15 (m, 14H), 3.24-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.39-3.44 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.43 (m, 1H).

Example 1.12: Preparation of 4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 117) Step A: Preparation of 3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]-2'-one To a suspension of 60% sodium e sion (1.2 g, 30.00 mmol) in 70 mL THF, a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (2.0 g, 13.68 mmol) in 30 mL THF was added (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, 1,5-diiodopentane (2.04 mL, 13.71 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt nt) to give 3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]—2'—one (2.24 g, 76%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz,CDC13)5 1.27-1.39 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.79 (m, 7H), 2.10-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.70 (t, J : 7.1 Hz, 2H), 3.19 (t, J: 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.12 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.40 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalene A mixture of 3',4'-dihydro-2'H—spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]—2'—one (1.05 g, 4.900 mmol), potassium hydroxide (2.58 g, 45.98 mmol), and hydrazine (1.85 mL, 58.94 mmol) in 50 mL ethylene glycol (in a high pressure ) was stirred at 205°C (oil bath). After stirring overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 3',4'-dihydro-2'H- cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalene] (555 mg, 57 %) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.26-1.35 (m, 1H), .84 (m, 13H), 2.75 (t, J: 6.4 Hz, 2H), 7.02-7.08 (m, 2H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 7.41 (d, J: 7.9 Hz, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one To a mixture of dihydro-2'H—spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalene] (550 mg, 2.746 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (283 mg, 3.369 mmol), and Rh2(cap)4 (25.2 mg, 59.55 umol) in 20 mL DCE, 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (0.247 g, 2.746 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40°C (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (20 mg) was added. After stirring overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give 2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (485 mg, 82%) as a colorless oil.

LCMS m/z = 215.0 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (4 00 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.24-1.83 (m, 10H), 2.16-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.67 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.52-7.57 (m, 2H), 8.01-8.04 (m, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of —spir0[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)- ylidene)acetonitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (2.500 141, 6.251 mmol) in 10 mL THF, a diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (610 mg, 3.444 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)- one (484 mg, 2.258 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 h, the mixture was extracted with CH2C12 and water. Organic phases was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by e column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (376 mg, 70%) (E:Z = 63:37). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.25-1.80 (m, 10H), 1.93-1.97 (m, 2H), 2.53-2.57 (m, 0.74), .88 (m, 1.26H), 5.25-5.26 (m, , 5.65-5.66 (m, 0.63H), 7.19-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.38-7.44 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.50 (m, 1.63H), 8.11 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 0.37H).

Step E: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlor0phenyl)-N-(2-(3',4'-dihydr0-2'H-spir0[cyclohexane- 1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed three times with MeOH), a solution of 2-(2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (374 mg, 1.576 mmol) in ca. 20 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (3 mL, 21.00 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60 psi hydrogen pressure overnight. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 10 mL CH2C12 and triethylamine (0.440 mL, 3.161 mmol) and a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (640 mg, 2.466 mmol) in 6 mL CH2C12 was added slowly. After stirring at room ature for 0.5 h, the mixture was ted with water and .

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3',4'- dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (294 mg, 40.0 %).

LCMS m/z : 464.5 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.23-1.69 (m, 10H), 1.74-1.95 (m, 6H), 2.74- 2.81 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.15 (m, 2H), 4.02-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 7.00-7.03 (m, 1H), .12 (m, 1H), 7.16-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.23-2.26 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.50 (m, 3H).

Step F: Preparation of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] N\ ,o To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,1'- naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (290 mg, 0.622 mmol) in 6 mL DCE, trioxane (138 mg, 1.532 mmol), acetic anhydride (59 141, 0.624 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (265 141, 4.086 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 15 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing the t were concentrated to give 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- cyclohexane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (251 mg, 84 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.24- 1.67 (m, 12H), 1.75-1.80 (m, 1H), 1.85-2.00 (m, 3H), 3.06-3.12 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.76 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J: 15.0 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (d. J: 15.0 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (d, J: 15.0 Hz, 1H), 4.54 (dd, J1 : .0 Hz, J2 :1.1Hz, 1H), 6.87 (dd, J1 : 8.2 Hz, J2 : 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J1 : 7.2 H, J2 : 1.0 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J : 8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 117) A e of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclohexane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (245 mg, 0.512 mmol), phenol (108 mg, 1.148 mmol), and 48% hydrogen bromide in water (3 mL, 55.25 mmol) in 3 mL acetic acid was stirred at 120°C (oil bath) (in a closed microwave vial). After 1 d, the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing the product were trated. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL CH2C12 and triethylamine (0.4 mL, 2.870 mmol) and di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (250 mg, 1.145 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, solution was concentrated and e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing d product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 5 mL CH2C12 and 2,2,2-trifiuoroacetic acid (1.2 mL, 15.67 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the e was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give 2',3',4',4a',5',6'- hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] trifiuoroacetate (98 mg, 52%).

LCMS m/z : 242.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.29-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.48-1.82 (m, 10H), .08 (m, 5H), 3.23—3.29 (m, 1H), 3.39—3.42 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 4.47 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (dd, J1 = 7.4 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.21—7.25 (m, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.0 Hz, 1H).

Example 1.13: Preparation of 7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,6'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 121) Step A: Preparation of 1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(IPD-one To a sion of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (640 mg, 16.00 mmol) in 20 mL THF, a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (1.03 g, 7.046 mmol) in 10 mL THF was added (over ca. min). After stirring at room temperature for 20 min, thane (0.880 mL, 14.10 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 50 min, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen- 2(1H)-one (991 mg, 81 %) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.44 (s, 6H), 2.67-2.71 (m, 2H), 3.10 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.15-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.36 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of methylmethylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.61 g, 12.91 mmol) in 20 mL toluene, 1 M ium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (17 mL, 17.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 120°C (oil bath) for 40 min, a solution of 1,1-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-2(1H)-one (984 mg, .647 mmol) in 3 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 120°C for 10 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, s) to give 1,1-dimethylmethylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (867 mg, 89%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.46 (s, 6H), 2.53 (dt, J1 = 6.5 Hz, J2 = 1.0 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J = 6.5Hz, 2H), 4.85-4.86 (m, 1H), 4.91-4.92 (m, 1H), .10 (m, 2H), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.36-7.38 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalene] To a on of 1,1-dimethylmethylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (1.03 g, 5.979 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, chloroiodomethane (2.7 mL, 37.20 mmol) was added. Flask was placed into an ice/water-bath and 1 M diethylzinc in hexane (30 mL, 30.00 mmol) was added over ca. 5 min. After WO 23679 stirring under ice-cooling for 1 h, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for two more hours, the mixture was placed into an ter bath and quenched by the slow addition of 1 M NH4Cl. The mixture was ted with CH2C12 and 1 M NH4Cl. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, ) to 1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalene] (83% pure, 0.987 g, 74 %) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.23-0.25 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.65 (m, 2H), 1.14 (s, 6H), 1.60 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.82 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.05-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.32 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of 1',1'-dimethyl-1'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,2'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)- 0 To a solution of 1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalene] (83% pure. 977 mg, 4.353 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, sodium bicarbonate (240 mg, 2.857 mmol), Rh2(cap)4 (27.1 mg, 41.41 umol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (5 mL, 27.50 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C (oil bath) for 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (23.2 mg) was added. After stirring at 40°C overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1',1'-dimethyl-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (626 mg, 72%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.30-0.33 (m, 2H), 0.71-0.74 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 6H), 2.56 (s, 2H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.51-7.55 (m, 1H), 8.02-8.04 (m, 1H).

Step E: ation of 2-(1',1'-dimethyl-1'H-spir0[cyclopr0pane-1,2'-naphthalen]- 4'(3'PD-ylidene)acet0nitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (196 mg, 4.900 mmol) in 10 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (843 mg, 4.759 mmol) in 10 mL THF was added slowly.

After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 1',1'-dimethyl-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (622 mg, 3.106 mmol) in 10 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature over the d, the mixture was ted with CH2C12 and water. Organic phases was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(1',1'-dimethyl-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (265 mg, 38%) (E:Z = 61 :39). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 0.28-0.31 (m, , .39 (m, 0.78H), 0.68-0.73 (m, 2H), 1.17 (s, 3.7H), 1.18 (s, 2.3H), 2.32 (d, J = 0.8 Hz, 1.22H), 2.68 (d, J: 0.9Hz, 0.78H), 5.12-5.13 (m, 0.61H), 5.65-5.66 (m, 0.39H), 7.19-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.43 (m, 2H), 7.48-7.50 (m, 0.39H), 8.14-8.16 (m, 0.61H).

Step F: Preparation of 2-(1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethanamine To a e of 1'-dimethyl-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]—4'(3'H)— ylidene)acetonitrile (262 mg, 1.173 mmol) and (II) chloride hexahydrate (647 mg, 2.719 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (1.08 g, 28.55 mmol) was added in small portions over ca. 6 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, t—butyl dicarbonate (510 mg, 2.337 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing Boc-protected product were concentrated. The residue was ved in 8 mL CH2C12 and TFA (2.7 mL, 35.26 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give 2-(1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethanamine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (304 mg, 76%). LCMS m/z = 230.6 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.21-0.27 (m, 1H), 0.36-0.41 (m, 1H), 0.58-0.62 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.81 (m, 1H), 1.09 (s, 3H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.60-1.65 (m, 1H), .74 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.16 (m, 2H), 2.95-3.03 (m, 3H), 7.09-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.38 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.6 Hz, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide To a solution of 2-(1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]—4'— yl)ethanamine 2,2,2-trifiuoroacetate (296 mg, 0.862 mmol) and ylamine (0.6 mL, 4.305 mmol) in mL CH2C12, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (360 mg, 1.387 mmol) in 4 mL CH2C12 was added slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing product were concentrated and residue was re-purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient +01% TFA).

Fractions containing product were partly concentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 1-(3,4- rophenyl)-N—(2-(1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]—4'— yl)methanesulfonamide (199 mg, 51%). LCMS m/z = 450.1 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 0.16 (m, 1H), 0.29-0.33 (m, 1H), 0.54-0.59 (m, 1H), 0.71 (m, 1H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 1.17 (s, 3H), 1.51- 1.62 (m, 2H), 1.87-2.03 (m, 2H), 2.89-2.96 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.12 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.06 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 7.08-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.35 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J1 = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (m, 2H).

Step H: Preparation of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'- dro-l'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(1',1'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (196 mg, 0.433 mmol) in 4 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (111 mg, 1.232 mmol), acetic anhydride (41 141, 0.434 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (185 141, 2.853 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with water and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, /AcOEt gradient) to give 2'- ((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (141 mg, 70%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 0.16-0.21 (m, 1H), 0.27-0.32 (m, 1H), 0.48-0.53 (m, 1H), 0.68-0.71 (m, 1H), 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.37-1.65 (m, 4H), .04 (m, 1H), 3.12-3.17 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.90 (s, 2H), 4.27 (d, J: 15.2 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (dd, J1 =15.2 Hz, J2 = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J1 = 8.3 Hz, J2 = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (dd, J1 = 7.2 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.38 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of 7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,6'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 121) To a solution of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (70.7 mg, 0.152 mmol) in 2 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.3 mL, 3.997 mmol) was added. After ng at room temperature for 1.5 h, solution was ued to be stirred at 80°C (oil bath). After ng overnight, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath, quenched by the slow addition of water, concentrated, and residue was purified by HPLC /H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give 7',7'- dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 2,2,2- trifluoroacetate (39.7 mg, 73 %). LCMS m/z = 242.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.25-0.29 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.43 (m, 1H), 0.54-0.58 (m, 1H), 0.72-0.77 (m, 1H), 1.15 (s, 3H), 1.16 (s, 3H), 1.55-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.08 (m, 3H), 3.30-3.43 (m, 2H), 3.47-3.51 (m, 1H), 4.25 (dd, J1 =14.1 Hz, J2 = 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J: 14.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.50 (dd, = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.6 Hz, 1H).

Step J: Resolution of Compound 121 into Enantiomers 115 and 112 Compound 121 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phase ative chiral HPLC under the following conditions: Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 um (particle size), 250 x 20 mm (L x ID) Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5 + 0.1% triethylamine nt: Isocratic Flow: 10 mL/min Detector: UV 254 nm Retention Times: 1St enantiomer: 28.9 min; 2nGl enantiomer: 35.6 min Example 1.14: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'- ropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 130) Step A: Preparation of 3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]-1'-one To a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (3.0 g, 20.52 mmol) in 200 mL tBuOH, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (62 mL, 62.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, (2-chloroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide (5.19 g, 20.55 mmol) was added. After ng at room temperature over-the-weekend, the mixture was ted with water and .

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,2'-naphthalen]—1'—one (2.49 g, 71 %). LCMS m/z = 191.4 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 0.81- 0.84 (m, 2H), 1.39-1.42 (m, 2H), .00 (m, 2H), 3.01 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 7.25-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.44- 7.48 (m, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J]: 7.8 Hz, J2 =1.1Hz, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 8'-fluoro-1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalene] To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (8.8 g, 24.63 mmol) in 60 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (44 mL, 44.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110°C (oil bath) for 50 min, a solution of 3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]-1'- one (2.489 g, 14.45 mmol) in 10 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C for 10 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexanes) to give 1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalene] (2.01 g, 82 %) as a ess liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.63-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.81-0.84 (m, 2H), 1.63- 1.66 (m, 2H), 2.90 (t, J: 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.73 (s, 1H), 5.41 (s, 1H), 7.12-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.64-7.66 (m, 1H).

Step C: ation of Compound 14 of Figure 2, where R1 = H To an ice-cooled solution of 2'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'- naphthalene] (2.0 g, 11.75 mmol) and iodomethane (5.1 mL, 70.26 mmol) in 75 mL DCE, 1 M diethylzinc in hexanes (59 mL, 59.00 mmol) was added over ca. 10 min. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature (slight exotherm observed). After 1 h, suspension was quenched by the addition of 1 M NH4Cl and extracted with water and CH2C12. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.57 g, 73%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.23-0.26 (m, 2H), 0.29-0.32 (m, 2H), 0.66-0.69 (m, 2H), 0.78-0.81 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.72 (m, 2H), 2.97 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 6.66-6.69 (m, 1H), .11 (m, 3H).

Step D: Preparation of Compound 15 of Figure 2, where R1 = H To a on of the product of Step C (1.557 g, 8.449 mmol) in 40 mL DCE, sodium bicarbonate (365 mg, 4.345 mmol), Rh2(cap)4 (132 mg, 0.202 mmol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy methylpropane in decane (10 mL, 55.00 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C (oil bath) for 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (125 mg) and 5 .5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (10 mL) were added.

After stirring at 40°C overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.15 g, 69%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .42 (m, 4H), 0.86-0.89 (m, 2H), 0.96-0.99 (m, 2H), 2.63 (s, 2H), 6.85 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 0.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.48 (m, 1H), 8.08 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.4 Hz,1H).

Step E: Preparation of Compound 16 of Figure 2, where R1 = H CN To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (570 mg, 14.25 mmol) in 20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (2.52 g, 14.23 mmol) in 40 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of the t of Step D (1.15 g, 5.800 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added. After ng at 60°C (oil bath) for 2 h, the mixture was extracted with CH2C12 and water + brine. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.18 g, 92%) as a colorless oil (E:Z = 59:41). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.29-0.41 (m, 4H), 0.78-0.91 (m, 4H), 2.43 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 1.18H), 2.77 (d, J = 0.9 Hz, 0.82H), 5.15-5.16 (m, 0.59H), 5.72-5.73 (m, 0.41H), 6.73-6.78 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.26 (m, 1H), .35 (m, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, , 8.23 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, Step F: Preparation of Compound 17 of Figure 2, where R1 = H, Boc-protected NHBoc To a mixture of the product of Step E (1.18 g, 5.332 mmol) and (II) de hexahydrate (6.9 g, 29.00 mmol) in 160 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (5 g, 132.2 mmol) was added in small portions over 5 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (3.3 g, 15.12 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was partly trated and e was extracted with water+brine and CHzClz. Part of the organic layer was separated and the rest was filtered through celite (and washed with additional CHzClz). Filtrate was extracted three more times with CHzClz. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.07 g, 61%) as a viscous oil the solidified while drying under high vacuum. LCMS m/z = 328.6 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.18-0.24 (m, 2H), 0.32-0.41 (m, 2H), 0.62-0.69 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.85 (m, 2H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.70-1.75 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.87- 1.96 (m, 1H), 2.01-2.09 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.26 (m, 2H), 4.50 (br s, 1H), 6.67-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.22 (m, 2H), .22 (m, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 18 of Figure 2, where R1 = H and R10 is 3,4- robenzyl H:é/UCI\b To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step F (1.07 g, 3.268 mmol) in 33 mL CH2C12, TFA (7.5 mL, 97.94 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 0.5 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 40 mL DCM and DIEA (2.17 mL, 12.46 mmol), cooled in an ice/water-bath, and a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (1.73 g, 6.666 mmol) in 10 mL CH2C12 was added (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at 0°C for 1 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (1.23 g, 84%).

LCMS m/z = 448.4 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 .32 (m, 3H), 0.37-0.42 (m, 1H), 0.62- 0.70 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.82 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.94-2.08 (m, 2H), 3.05-3.14 (m, 3H), 4.04-4.07 (m, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 6.69-6.71 (m, 1H), 7.08-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.24 (dd, J1 : 8.2 Hz, J2 : 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.45-7.49 (m, 2H).

Step H: Preparation of Compound 19 of Figure 2, where R1 : H and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl NTS CI To a solution of the product of Step G (1.226 g, 2.722 mmol) in 30 mL DCE, trioxane (583 mg, 6.472 mmol), acetic anhydride (0.257 mL, 2.722 mmol), and esulfonic acid (1.16 mL, 17.89 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (435 mg, 35%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 010-0177 (m, 2H), 0.29-0.33 (m, 1H), 0.39-0.43 (m, 1H), 0.60-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.74-0.77 (m, 2H), 0.95-0.99 (m, 1H), 1.36-1.58 (m, 3H), 2.16-2.21 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.84-3.96 (m, 3H), 4.32 (d, J: 15.4 Hz, 1H), 4.66 (dd, J1 :15.4 Hz, J2 : 1.5 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (dd, J1 : 8.0 Hz, J2 :1.1Hz, 1H), 6.79 (dd, J1 : 8.3 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), .06 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.14 (m, 1H), 7.28 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step 1: Preparation of Compound 130, Boc-protected N‘Boc To a solution of the product of Step H (430 mg, 0.930 mmol) in 10 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (5 mL, 15.37 mmol) was added. The e was warmed to 80°C (oil bath). After 3 h, more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (5 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80°C. After r 2 h, the e was cooled in an ice/water-bath and quenched by the dropwise addition of 1 M NH4Cl. The mixture was diluted with additional toluene (ca. 20 mL) and (BOC)20 (1.5 g, 6.873 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 h, 2 M NH4Cl (ca. 100 mL), followed by 1 M NaOH (ca. 100 mL) were added. After stirring for a while (ca. 0.5 h), the mixture was extracted with CH2C12 (3x). Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt nt) to give the title compound for this step (234 mg, 74%) as colorless, Viscous oil. LCMS m/z = 340.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.15-0.19 (m, 2H), 0.36-0.40 (m, 2H), 0.58-0.63 (m, 1H), .78 (m, 2H), 0.86- 0.91 (m, 1H), 1.42 (s, 9H), 1.55-1.75 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.01 (m, 1H), .16 (m, 1H), 3.17-3.37 (m, 2H), 4.15-4.26 (m, 2H), .71 (m, 1H), 6.64 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.99-7.14 (m, 2H).

Step J: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 130) To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step I (231 mg, 0.680 mmol) in 7 mL , TFA (1.58 mL, 20.63 mmol) was added. Solution was allowed to warm to room ature. After 0.5 h, solution was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in CH2C12 (ca. 10 mL) and 1.25 M hydrogen chloride in EtOH (1 mL, 1.250 mmol) was added. The mixture was concentrated and dried under the high vacuum to give the title compound for this example 1.14 (188 mg, 100%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z = 240.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.20-0.30 (m, 2H), .46 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.84 (m, 3H), 0.89-0.94 (m, 1H), 1.69-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.16 (m, 3H), 3.38-3.54 (m, 3H), 4.26 (d, J1 = 14.1 Hz, J2 = 0.8Hz, 1H), 4.45 (d, J: 14.1Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.87 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.17 (m, 2H).

Step K: Resolution of Compound 130 into Enantiomers 114 and 113 Compound 130 was resolved to give two enantiomers by normal phase preparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions: Column: Normal phase semi preparative CHIRALPAK®IF column, 5 um (particle size), 250 x 20 mm (L x ID) Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5 + 0.1% triethylamine nt: Isocratic Flow: 10 mL/min Detector: UV 254 nm Retention Times: 1St enantiomer: 35.3 min; 2nGl enantiomer: 39.8 min Example 1.15: 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine](Compound 131) Step A: Preparation of (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methanol To a stirred on of 1-phenylcyclobutanecarboxylic acid (2.51 g, 14.24 mmol) in 50 mL THF at 60°C (oil bath), 2 M lithium um hydride in THF (20 mL, 40.00 mmol) was added slowly by an additional funnel (over ca. 45 min). After stirring for at 60°C for 1 h, the e was cooled in an ice/water-bath and quenched by the drop wise on of 1 M NaOH. Solids were filtered, washed with additional THF, and filtrate was partly concentrated. The residue was extracted with brine and CH2C12. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give (1- phenylcyclobutyl)methanol (2.09 g, 90) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.19 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 1.85-1.93 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.38 (m, 2H), 3.75 (d, J: 6.6 Hz, 2H), 7.14-7.16 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.31-7.36 (m, 2H).

Step B: Preparation of (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methyl methanesulfonate o, ,9 //S\ To an ice-cooled solution of (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methanol (2.09 g, 12.88 mmol) and triethylamine (3.6 mL, 25.83 mmol) in 100 mL CH2C12, methanesulfonyl chloride (1.5 mL, 19.30 mmol) was added slowly (over ca. 10 min). After stirring under ice-cooling for 0.5 h, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 3 h, solution was extracted with 1 M HCl. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give (1- phenylcyclobutyl)methyl methanesulfonate (90% pure, 3.4 g, 99%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.87-1.97 (m, 1H), .18 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.37 (m, 2H), .49 (m, 2H), 2.61 (s, 3H), 4.34 (s, 2H), .19 (m, 2H), 7.20-7.25 (m, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.31-7.35 (m, 2H).

Step C: Preparation of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetonitrile To a solution of (1-phenylcyclobutyl)methyl methanesulfonate (90% pure, 3.39 g, 12.70 mmol) in 100 mL DMF, cyanosodium (7.2 g, 146.9 mmol) was added. After stirring at 70°C (oil bath) overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column tography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt nt) to give 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetonitrile (2.05 g, 94%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.89-1.98 (m, 1H), .21 (m, 1H), .35 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.57 (m, 2H), 2.74 (s, 2H), 7.19-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (m, 2H).

Step D: Preparation of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetic acid A mixture of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetonitrile (1.92 g, 11.21 mmol) and concentrated hydrogen chloride (200 mL, 2.400 mol) was stirred at 100°C (oil bath) for 2.5 days. The mixture was partly concentrated (to about 50 mL) and residue was extracted with CH2C12 (3x). Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetic acid (2.07 g, 97%) as a tanned solid. LCMS m/z = 189.4 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 1.71-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.99- 2.10 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.35 (m, 4H), 2.71 (s, 2H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.29 (m, 2H), 11.78 (s, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethanol To a stirred solution of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)acetic acid (2.06 g, 10.83 mmol) in 50 mL THF at 60°C (oil bath), 2 M lithium aluminum hydride in THF (15 mL, 30.00 mmol) was added slowly by an additional funnel (over ca. 20 min). After stirring at 60°C for 0.5 h, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath and quenched by the drop wise addition of 1 M NaOH (ca. 30 mL). Solids were filtered, washed with additional THF, and filtrate was partly trated. The residue was extracted with water and CH2C12. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2-(1- phenylcyclobutyl)ethanol (1.93 g, 98%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.89 (t, J: 5.6 Hz, 1H), 1.79- 1.89 (m, 1H), 2.06-2.15 (m, 3H), 2.16-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.43 (m, 2H), 3.42-3.47 (m, 2H), 7.12-7.19 (m, 3H), .32 (m, 2H).

Step F: Preparation of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethyl methanesulfonate To an ice-cooled solution of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethanol (1.92 g, 10.89 mmol) and triethylamine (3 mL, 21.52 mmol) in 50 mL CH2C12, methanesulfonyl chloride (1.3 mL, 16.73 mmol) was added slowly (over ca. 10 min). After stirring under ice-cooling for 0.5 h, the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After ng at room temperature for 3 h, solution was extracted with 1 M HCl. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 2-(1- phenylcyclobutyl)ethyl methanesulfonate (89% pure, 3.1 g, 100%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.83- 1.91 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.16 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.28 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 2H), 2.39-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 3.96 (t, J: 7.4 Hz, 2H), 7.11-7.14 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.21 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 2H).

Step G: Preparation of 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanenitrile A mixture of 2-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)ethyl methanesulfonate (89% pure, 3.09 g, 10.81 mmol) and cyanosodium (6 g, 122.4 mmol) in 100 mL DMF, was stirred at 70°C (oil bath) overnight. The mixture was ted with water and AcOEt. ed organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanenitrile (1.71 g, 85%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 .92 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.99 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.14- 2.21 (m, 4H), 2.38-2.46 (m, 2H), .11 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.26 (m, 1H), .35 (m, 2H).

Step H: ation of 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanoic acid A mixture of 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanenitrile (1.7 g, 9.176 mmol) and concentrated hydrogen de (200 mL, 2.400 mol) was stirred at 100°C (oil bath). After 2.5 days, the mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and extracted with CH2C12 (3x). Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and dried under high vacuum to give 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanoic acid (1.83 g, 98 %) as a white solid. LCMS m/z = 203.8 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 1.71- 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.87 (m, 2H), 1.97-2.14 (m, 5H), 2.21-2.29 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.19 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.33 (m, 2H), 11.93 (s, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of 2'H-spir0[cyclobutane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-0ne To a solution of 3-(1-phenylcyclobutyl)propanoic acid (1.83 g, 8.959 mmol) in 100 mL CH2C12, oxalyl chloride (1.565 mL, 17.94 mmol) was added. on was stirred at room temperature (bubbling observed). After stirring overnight, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum.

The residue was dissolved in 100 mL DCE and AlCl3 (2.57 g, 19.27 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80°C (oil bath) for 4 h, poured onto ice, and extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexanes/AcOEt gradient) to give 2'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1'-naphthalen]- 4'(3'H)-one (910 mg, 55%) as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z = 187.0 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 2.08-2.23 (m, 4H), 2.29 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.37-2.44 (m, 2H), .69 (m, 2H), 7.29-7.33 (m, 1H), 7.57-7.61 (m, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J1 = 7.8Hz, J2 = 1.0 Hz, 1H), 8.0 (dd, J1 = 7.4 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz,1H).

Step J: Preparation of 2-(2'H-spir0[cyclobutane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'PD- ylidene)acetonitrile CN To a suspension of 60% sodium e dispersion (450 mg, 11.25 mmol) in 20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.71 g, 9.653 mmol) in 10 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 10 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 2'H-spiro[cyclobutane- aphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (905 mg, 4.859 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 days, the mixture was extracted with CH2C12 and water + brine. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(2'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1'-naphthalen]- 4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (980 mg, 96%) (E:Z = 70:30). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 2.02-2.15 (m, 6H), 2.33-2.41 (m, 2H), .58 (m, 0.6H), 2.85-2.89 (m, 1.4H), 5.26 (t, J: 1.4 Hz, 0.3H), 5.67 (t, J = 1.3 Hz, 0.7H), 7.19-7.23 (m, 0.7H), .29 (m, 0.3H), 7.43-7.51 (m, 1.7H), 7.67 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 :10 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 :12 Hz, 0.3H).

Step K: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclobutane- 1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed three times with MeOH), a solution of 2-(2'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (972 mg, 4.644 mmol) in ca. 50 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (7 mL, 49.00 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60 psi en pressure for 2 days. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL , triethylamine (1.29 mL, 9.255 mmol) and a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (1.77 g, 6.820 mmol) in 8 mL CH2C12 was added slowly.

After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing product were concentrated and residue was re-purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA). ons containing product were partly trated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHCO3 and CHZClZ. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give -dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(3',4'-dihydro- 2'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (886 mg, 44%). LCMS m/z : 436.5 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.50-1.57 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.93 (m, 5H), .15 (m, 4H), 2.21-2.29 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.49 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.82 (m, 1H), 3.07-3.13 (m, 2H), 4.08 (t, J: 6.1 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (s, 2H), 7.02 (d, J: 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.10-7.15 (m, 1H), 7.22-7.25 (m, 2H), 7.45 (d, J: 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.49 (d, J: 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J1:7.8 Hz, J2 : 1.2 Hz, 1H).

Step L: Preparation of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,1'- alen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (888 mg, 2.025 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (314 mg, 3.486 mmol), acetic anhydride (0.2 mL, 2.116 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (0.85 mL, 13.11 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the e was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2'-((3,4- dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] (595 mg, 65%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CDCl3) 5 1.18-1.28 (m, 1H), 1.52- 1.61 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.80 (m, 1H), .98 (m, 2H), 2.01-2.24 (m, 5H), 2.53-2.61 (m, 1H), 3.01-3.08 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.33 (m, 1H), 3.72-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.84 (d, J: 14.2 Hz, 1H), 3.92 (d, J: 14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (d, J: 15.0 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (dd, J1 : 15.0 Hz, J2 : 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.71 (dd, J1 : 8.2 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (dd, J1 : 7.3 Hz, J2 :1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J: 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.68 (dd, J1 : 8.2 Hz, J2 : 1.0 Hz, 1H).

Step M: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'- o[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 131) A mixture of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (102 mg, 0.226 mmol), phenol (51 mg, 0.542 mmol), and 48% hydrogen bromide in water (2 mL, 36.81 mmol) in 2 mL AcOH (in a sealed microwave vial) was stirred at 120°C (oil bath) overnight. The e was partly concentrated and residue was d by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (51.0 mg, 66%). LCMS m/z : 228.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.66-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.91-2.19 (m, 8H), 2.25-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.50 (m, 1H), 3.21-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.42 (m, 2H), 3.98 (s, 0.5H), 4.23 (d, J: 14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (d, J :14.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (dd, J1 : 7.4 Hz, J2 :1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J: 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (dd, J1 : 8.0 Hz, J2 :1.0 Hz, 1H).

Step N: Resolution of Compound 131 into Enantiomers 124 and 125 Compound 131 was resolved to give two enatiomers by normal phase preparative chiral HPLC under the following conditions: Column: Normal phase semi preparative PAK®IF , 5 um (particle size), 250 x 20 mm (L x ID) Eluent: hexanes/EtOH 100:5 + 0.1% triethylamine Gradient: Isocratic Flow: 10 mL/min Detector: UV 254 nm Retention Times: 1St enantiomer: 29.8 min; 2nGl enantiomer: 35.4 min Example 1.16: : Preparation of 7-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 120) Step A: Preparation of 1-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene A mixture of zinc(II) chloride (131 mg, 0.961 mmol) and lithium de (379 mg, 8.940 mmol) in a 50 mL round bottom flask were melt dried under vacuum using a heat gun. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere and 1 M ((trimethylsilyl)methyl)magnesium chloride in EtzO (1.5 mL, 1.500 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, 1 M cyclopropylmagnesium bromide in 2-methyl-THF (10 mL, 10.000 mmol) was added. After stirring for 1 h, flask was put into an ice/water-bath and a solution of 3,4- dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.0 g, 6.841 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added. After ng at 0°C for 3 h, the mixture was quenched by the slow addition of 1 M NH4Cl and extracted with additional 1 M NH4Cl and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d and concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ca. 10 mL CH2C12 and ca. 3 mL TFA was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, on was concentrated and residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing 4-cyclopropyl-1,2-dihydronaphthalene were concentrated, residue was dissolved in 25 mL CH2C12, triethylsilane (8 mL, 50.16 mmol) and TFA (4 mL, 52.23 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, solution was concentrated and residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1- ropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (790 mg, 67 %) as a ess oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 0.16-0.24 (m, 1H), .51 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.75 (m, 1H), 0.85-0.93 (m, 1H), .77 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.99 (m, 3H), 2.72-2.85 (m, 2H), 5.05 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.52-7.56 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 4-cyclopr0pylhydroxy-3,4-dihydr0naphthalen-1(2H)-0ne To a solution of opropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (782 mg, 4.539 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, sodium bicarbonate (200 mg, 2.381 mmol), Rh2(cap)4 (56 mg, 85.57 umol), and 5.5 M 2- hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (5.5 mL, 30.25 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C for 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (38 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (5.5 mL) were added.

After stirring at 40°C overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 4-cyclopropylhydroxy-3,4- dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (529 mg, 58%). LCMS m/z = 201.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 0.28-0.47 (m, 4H), 1.16-1.23 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.24 (m, 2H), 2.67-2.84 (m, 2H), 5.05 (s, 1H), 7.38-7.43 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.65 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.72 (m, 1H), 7.81-7.83 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 2-(4-cyclopr0pylhydroxy-3,4-dihydr0naphthalen-1(2H)- ylidene)acetonitrile CN To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (143 mg, 3.575 mmol) in 5 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (649 mg, 3.664 mmol) in 5 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 4-cyclopropylhydroxy- 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (507 mg, 2.507 mmol) in 10 mL THF was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the e was extracted with CH2C12 and water + brine. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give yclopropylhydroxy-3,4- dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (465 mg, 82%) as a colorless oil (E:Z = 72:28). LCMS m/z = 224.3 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.31-0.63 (m, 4H), 1.10-1.18 (m, 1H), 1.51 (s, 0.28H), 1.60 (s, 0.72H), 2.00-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.88 (m, 0.56H), 3.03-3.16 (m, 1.44H), 5.33-5.34 (m, 0.28H), 5.77-5.78 (m, 0.72H), 7.29-7.49 (m, 2H), 7.56 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.71 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 0.72H), 7.73 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 0.28H).

Step D: Preparation of 2-(4-cyclopr0pyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(ZED-ylidene)acet0nitrile To a solution of 2-(4-cyclopropylhydroxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (418 mg, 1.855 mmol) in 18 mL DCM, triethylsilane (0.296 mL, 1.855 mmol) and TFA (0.142 mL, 1.855 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, solution was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(4- cyclopropyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (328 mg, 85%) as an oil (E:Z = 72:28). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.20-0.27 (m, 1H), 0.38-0.59 (m, 2H), 0.68-0.77 (m, 1H), .93 (m, 1H), .90 (m, 1H), 1.98-2.15 (m, 2H), .62 (m, , 2.75-2.86 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.16 (m, 0.72H), 5.28-5.30 (m, 0.28H), 5.73-5.74 (m, 0.72H), 7.23-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.63 (m, 1.72H). 8.25 (dd, J1: 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 0.28H).

Step E: Preparation of 2-(4-cyclopr0pyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydr0naphthalenyl)ethanamine To a mixture of 2-(4-cyclopropyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (330 mg, 1.577 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.1 g, 4.623 mmol) in 30 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (2 g, 52.86 mmol) was added in small portions over ca. 5 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (720 mg, 3.299 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing otected t were concentrated. The residue was diluted in 16 mL CH2C12 and 2,2,2-trifiuoroacetic acid (4 mL, 52.23 mmol) was added.

After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give yclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethanamine 2,2,2-trifiuoroacetate (330 mg, 64%). LCMS m/z = 216.0 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.18-0.26 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.53 (m, 2H), 0.65-0.75 (m, 1H), 0.80-0.89 (m, 1H), 1.57-2.19 (m, 7H), 2.86-3.06 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.50-7.55 (m, 1H).

Step F: Preparation ofN-(2-(4-cyclopr0pyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydr0naphthalenyl)ethyl) ichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide To a mixture of 2-(4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethanamine 2,2,2- trifiuoroacetate (326 mg, 0.990 mmol) and triethylamine (0.687 mL, 4.929 mmol) in 8 mL CHzClz, a on of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (385 mg, 1.483 mmol) in 2 mL CH2C12 was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give N-(2-(4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalen-l-yl)ethyl)(3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (198 mg, 46%). LCMS m/z = 436.5 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.17-0.24 (m, 1H), 0.43-0.54 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.76 (m, 1H), 0.79-0.90 (m, 1H), 1.44-2.09 (m, 7H), 2.78-2.87 (m, 1H), .19 (m, 2H), 4.03-4.19 (m, 3H), 7.07-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.19 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.58 (m, 3H).

Step G: Preparation of 7-cyclopr0pyl((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulf0nyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- 0ctahydr0naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine N ,o 03/ Cl Cl To a solution of 4-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethyl)(3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonamide (195 mg, 0.445 mmol) in 4 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (70.7 mg, 0.785 mmol), acetic anhydride (42.1 gal, 0.445 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (185 pl, 2.853 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 7-cyclopropyl((3,4- dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (129 mg, 64%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.19-0.28 (m, 1H), 0.46-0.56 (m, 2H), 0.67-0.91 (m, 2H), 1.04- 2.25 (m, 7H), 3.07-3.25 (m, 1H), .35 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.96 (m, 3H), 4.26-4.32 (m, 1H), 4.55-4.65 (m, 1H), 6.80-6.86 (m, 1H), .26 (m, 3H), 7.29-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.61 (m, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of 7-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine und 120) To a solution of 7-cyclopropyl((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7- octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (124 mg, 0.275 mmol) in 3 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (3 mL, 9.22 mmol) was added and stirred at 80°C. After stirring at 80°C overnight, quenched by the slow addition of water, concentrated, and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 nt + 0.1% TFA) to give opropyl- 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (35.3 mg, 38%). LCMS m/z = 228.4 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 .29 (m, 1H), 0.45-0.55 (m, 2H), 0.66-0.74 (m, 1H), 0.76-0.88 (m, 1H), 1.59-2.37 (m, 7H), 3.24-3.49 (m, 3H), 4.22-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.46 (m, 1H), 7.17-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.59-7.64 (m, 1H). e 1.17: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopentane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 129) Step A: Preparation of 3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2'-naphthalen]-1'-one To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (1.4 g, 35.00 mmol) in 90 mL THF, a solution of 3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (2.0 g, 13.68 mmol) in 10 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, iodobutane (1.799 mL, 13.68 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was quenched by the slow addition of water, partly concentrated and extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt nt) to give 3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2'-naphthalen]—1'—one (2.19 g, 80 %) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13)5 1.51-1.58 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.84 (m, 4H), 2.04-2.16 (m, 4H), 2.99 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 7.21 (dd, J1 = 7.6 Hz, J2 = 0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.31 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.46 (m, 1H), 8.04 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 1H).

Step B: Preparation 1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2'-naphthalene] To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.0 g, 11.20 mmol) in 20 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (15 mL, 15.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110°C (oil bath) for 40 min, a solution of 3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2'-naphthalen]-1'- one (1.15 g, 5.742 mmol) in 3 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C for 10 min, allowed to cool to room ature, and extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexanes) to give 1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2'-naphthalene] (823 mg, 72%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.47-1.55 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.82 (m, 8H), 2.89 (t, J: 6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.01 (s, 1H), 5.43 (s, 1H), 7.07-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.54-7.57 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of Compound 62 of Figure 7, where R1 = H To an ice-cooled solution of 1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,2'- naphthalene] (818 mg, 4.125 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (1.8 mL, 24.80 mmol) in 30 mL DCE, 1 M lzinc in hexane (21 mL, 4.125 mmol) was added over ca. 10 min. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 5 h, suspension was quenched by the addition of 1 M NH4Cl and ice, and extracted with water and CH2C12 (3x). Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (608 mg, 69%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 .82 (m, 2H), 0.92-0.94 (m, 2H), 1.20-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.34-1.40 (m, 2H), .65 (m, 4H), 1.76 (t, J = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 2.92 (t, b = 6.7 Hz, 2H), 6.74-6.77 (m, 1H), 7.01-7.09 (m, 3H).

Step D: Preparation of Compound 63 of Figure 7, where R1 = H To a solution of the product of Step C(603 mg, 2.840 mmol) in 12 mL DCE, sodium bicarbonate (128 mg, 1.524 mmol), Rh2(cap)4 (40.9 mg, 62.50 pmol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy propane in decane (3.4 mL, 18.70 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (438 mg, 68%) as a colorless liquid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13)0.86-1.72 (m, 12H), 2.72 (s, 2H), 6.92 (s, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 1H), 8.02 (d, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.4 Hz,1H).

Step E: Preparation of Compound 64 of Figure 7, where R1 = H To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (176 mg, 4.400 mmol) in 10 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (701 mg, 3.957 mmol) in 4 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of the product of Step D (438 mg, 1.935 mmol) in 2 mL THF was added. After stirring at 60°C (oil bath) overnight, the mixture was extracted with CH2C12 and water + brine. Organic phases were concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC /HZO nt + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing product were partly concentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the title nd for this step (263 mg, 55 %) as a colorless oil (E:Z = 77:23). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.88-0.91 (m, 2H), 1.05-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.23-1.40 (m, 5H), 1.58- 1.78 (m, 3H), 2.53 (d, J: 1.3 Hz, 0.46H), 2.86 (d, J: 1.2 Hz, 1.54H), 5.22-5.23 (m, 0.23H), 5.80-5.81 (m, 0.77H), 6.80-6.85 (m, 1H), 7.13-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 0.77H), 8.33 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 0.23H)Step F: Preparation of nd 65 of Figure 7, where R1 = H To a mixture of the product of Step E (260 mg, 1.043 mmol) and cobalt(H) chloride hexahydrate (599 mg, 2.518 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (1.1 g, 29.08 mmol) was added in small portions over ca. 5 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (0.5 g, 2.291 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). ons containing Boc-protected product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 10 mL CH2C12 and 2,2,2-trifiuoroacetic acid (2.4 mL, 31.34 mmol) was added.

After stirring at room ature for 1 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give the title nd for this step as the TFA salt (267 mg, 69%). LCMS m/z = 256.6 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.41-0.46 (m, 1H), 0.86-0.97 (m, 2H), 1.05-1.12 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.32 (m, 3H), .72 (m, 6H), 1.95-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.25 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.91 (m, 1H), 2.95-3.02 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.25 (m, 1H), 6.86-6.88 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.13 (m, 2H), .26 (m, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 66 of Figure 7, where R1 = H and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl To a solution of the product of Step F (263 mg, 0.712 mmol) and triethylamine (717 pl, 5.144 mmol) in 5 mL CHzClz, a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (534 mg, 2.058 mmol) in 5 mL CH2C12 was added. After stirring at room temperature ght, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were trated and residue was purified by HPLC /HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing product were partly concentrated and residue was ted with 1 M NaHC03 and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give the title compound for this step (178 mg, 52%). LCMS m/z = 476.5 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.45-0.50 (m, 1H), 0.84-0.93 (m, 2H), 1.01-1.07 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.30 (m, 3H), 1.43-1.66 (m, 6H), 1.80-1.89 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.11 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.14 (m, 3H), 3.99-4.03 (m, 1H), 1.98 (s, 2H), 6.81-6.83 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.23 (dd, J1 = 8.3 Hz, J2 = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 2H).

Step H: Preparation of (Compound 67 of Figure 7, where R1 = H and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl To a solution of the product of Step G (174 mg, 0.364 mmol) in 3.5 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (78 mg, 0.866 mmol), acetic anhydride (35 ul, 0.370 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (153 141, 2.359 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (92.3 mg, 52%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 0.60-0.64 (m, 1H), 0.89-0.94 (m, 2H), 1.02-1.28 (m, 5H), 1.53-1.68 (m, 7H), 1.91-1.97 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.32 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.98 (m, 3H), 4.17 (d, J: 15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.64 (dd, J1 = 15.3 Hz, J2 = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J1 = 8.3 Hz, J2 = 2.1Hz, 1H), 7.01-7.12 (m, 3H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step 1: ation of 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopentane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 129) To a solution of the product of Step H (89.6 mg, 0.183 mmol) in 2 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium e in toluene (1.8 mL, 5.535 mmol) was added and stirred at 80°C. After ng overnight, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water-bath, quenched by the slow addition of water, concentrated, and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound for this example 1.17 as the TFA salt (31.7 mg, 46 %). LCMS m/z = 268.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.49-0.54 (m, 1H), 0.92-1.01 (m, 2H), 1.08-1.14 (m, 1H), 1.20-1.31 (m, 3H), 1.57-1.77 (m, 7H), 1.98-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.15 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.56 (m, 3H), 4.25 (dd, J1 = 14.0 Hz, J2 = 1.1Hz, 1H), 4.36 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 6.92-6.96 (m, 1H), 7.11-7.15 (m, 2H).

Example 1.18: Preparation of (7aS)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H- cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 132) and Preparation of (7aR)- 7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 118) Step A: Preparation of methyl 2-oxophenethylcyclopentanecarboxylate A mixture of methyl 2-oxocyclopentanecarboxylate (5.0 g, 35.17 mmol) and ium carbonate (14.8 g, 107.1 mmol) in 50 mL e was stirred at room temperature. After 10 min, (2- bromoethyl)benzene (5.3 mL, 38.81 mmol) was added and mixture was heated to 70°C (oil bath). After stirring overnight at 70°C, solid was filtered off and washed with additional acetone. Filtrate was concentrated and residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give methyl 2-oxophenethylcyclopentanecarboxylate (3.67 g, 42%) as a colorless liquid.

LCMS m/z = 247.1 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.78-2.71 (m, 10H), 3.71 (s, 3H), 7.16-7.32 (m, 5H).

Step B: Preparation of 2-phenethylcyclopentanone A mixture of methyl 2-oxophenethylcyclopentanecarboxylate (3.68 g, 14.94 mmol) and 6 M hydrogen de in water (20 mL, 120.0 mmol) in 40 mL acetic acid was stirred at 100°C (oil bath) overnight. Solution was concentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give ethylcyclopentanone (1.42 g, 51%) as a colorless liquid. LCMS m/z = 189.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.51-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.97-2.17 (m, 4H), 2.20-2.34 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.77 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.29 (m, 5H).

Step C: Preparation of 2-phenethylcyclopentanol To a on of 2-phenethylcyclopentanone (1.41 g, 7.489 mmol) in 40 mL MeOH, sodium borohydride (0.3 g, 7.930 mmol) was added in small portions over ca. 15 min. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was concentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M HCl and CH2C12. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated, and dried under high vacuum to give 2-phenethylcyclopentanol (1.37 g, 96 %) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.20- 2.01 (m, 11H), 2.59-2.74 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.29 (m, 5H).

Step D: ation of 2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene To a solution of 2-phenethylcyclopentanol (1.28 g, 6.727 mmol) in 100 mL CHzClz, 0.33 M trifluoromethanesulfonic acid in DCM (21 mL, 6.930 mmol; prepared by adding 5 g (33.3 mmol) trifluoromethanesulfonic acid into 100 mL CHzClz) was added. After stirring at room ature overnight, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalene (1.08 g, 93%) as a colorless liquid. H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 1.41-1.65 (m, 4 H), 1.69-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.94-2.02 (m, 1H), 2.12-2.20 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.33 (m, 1H), 2.63-2.73 (m, 2H), 3.03-3.10 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.19 (m, 4H).

Step E: ation of 2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bPD-0ne To a solution of 2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H—cyclopenta[a]naphthalene (769 mg, 4.464 mmol) in 40 mL acetic acid, chromium trioxide (890 mg, 8.901 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 4 h, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CHzClz. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H- cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-one (48 mg, 6%). LCMS m/z = 187.1 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.48-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.75-2.02 (m, 4H), .25 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.66 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.79 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.29 (m, 1H), 7.28-7.29 (m, 2H), 7.47-7.51 (m, 1H), 7.95-7.97 (m, 1H).

Step F: Preparation of 2-(2,3,3a,4-tetrahydr0-1H-cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bPD- ylidene)acetonitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (23 mg, 0.575 mmol) in 1 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (100 mg, 0.565 mmol) in 2 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H- cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-one (52 mg, 0.279 mmol) in 1 mL THF was added. After ng at room temperature for 4 h, the mixture was extracted with CH2C12 and water + brine. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H- cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-ylidene)acetonitrile (48.4 mg, 83%) as a colorless oil (E:Z = 59:41).

LCMS m/z = 210.3 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.38-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.93-2.04 (m, 1H), 2.16- 2.26 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.88 (m, 3H), 3.20-3.29 (m, 1H), 5.26-5.27 (m, 0.41H), 5.64-5.65 (m, 0.59H), 7.17- 7.27 (m, 2H), 7.34-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J1 = 7.9 Hz, J2 = 0.9 Hz, 0.59H), 8.00-8.02 (m, 0.41 H).

Step G: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H- cyclopenta[a]naphthalenyl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide ©:CI“O To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed three times with MeOH), a solution of 2-(2,3,3a,4-tetrahydro-1H—cyclopenta[a]naphthalen-5(9bH)-ylidene)acetonitrile (48 mg, 0.229 mmol) in ca. 5 mL MeOH and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (1 mL, 7.000 mmol) were added. The mixture was shaken on a Parr-shaker under ca. 60 psi hydrogen pressure for 5 days. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated, and dried under high vacuum.

The e was ved in 3 mL CH2C12 and triethylamine (65 141, 0.466 mmol) and (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (78.2 mg, 0.301 mmol) were added. After stirring at room ature overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing product were concentrated and residue was re- purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions containing product were partly concentrated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H- enta[a]naphthalenyl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (43.7 mg, 44%). LCMS m/z = 436.5 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.31-1.88 (m, 7H), 1.97-2.40 (m, 4H), 2.71-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.18 (m, 3H), 4.02-4.20 (m, 3H), 6.97-6.99-7,26 (m, 5H), .50 (m, 2H).

Step H: Preparation of (7aS)((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11adecahydro-4H-cyclopenta [5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine and (7aR)((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)- 5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine N‘s/,0 Cl N,S,,0 Cl 0’ 0’ To a mixture of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(2,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-1H- cyclopenta[a]naphthalenyl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (41.4 mg, 94.43 umol), acetic anhydride (9 141, 95.21 umol), and 1,3,5-trioxane (40 mg, 0.444 mmol) in 1 mL DCE, methanesulfonic acid (40 141, 0.617 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt) followed by re-purification of the mix-fractions by prep TLC (1 mm SiOz, hexane/AcOEt 5:1) to give a first-eluting omer (less polar, first peak coming off biotage column) as a white solid and a second-eluting enantiomer (12.7 mg, 28.20 pmol, 29.9 %) (more polar, second peak coming off biotage column) as a viscous, colorless oil.

Less polar isomer: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.19-1.84 (m, 8H), 1.98-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.11-2.20 (m, 2H), 3.00-3.11 (m, 2H), 3.28-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.86 (m, 3H), 4.40 (d, J: 15.2 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J : .2 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (dd, J1 : 8.2 Hz, J2 : 2.0 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J: 2.0 H, 1H), J : 7.07 (dd, J1 : 7.2 Hz, J2 :1.1Hz, 1H), 7.13-7.17 (m, 1H), 7.22 (d, J : 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H). More polar isomer: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 .88 H (m, 8H), 1.91-2.00 (m, 1H), 2.10-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.87-2.98 (m, 2H), 3.29-3.36 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.96-4.04 (m, 2H), 4.19 (d, J: 15.8 Hz, 1H), 4.56 (dd, J]: 15.8 Hz, J2 : 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.94 (dd, J1 : 8.3 Hz, J2 : 2.1Hz, 1H), 6.98 (dd, J1 : 7.2 Hz, J2 : 1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.15 (dd, J1 : 7.7 Hz, J2 :1.2 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J: 2.0 Hz,1H), 7.30 (d, J: 8.2 Hz,1H).

Step I-1 and I-2: Preparation of (7aS)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H- cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 132) and of (7aR)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11adecahydro-4H-cyclopenta [5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 118) Step I-1: To the less polar isomer from Step H, 17.2 mg, 38.19 pmol) in 0.5 mL acetic acid, 48% hydrogen bromide in water (0.5 mL, 4.417 mmol) was added. The e was stirred at 120°C for 4 h and then, purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give the corresponding compound of a I. LCMS m/z : 228.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CD3OD) 5 1.47-1.86 (m, 6H), 1.93-1.98 (m, 2H), 2.03-2.12 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.33 (m, 2H), .07 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.32 (m, 1H), .42 (m, 2H), 4.22 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 4.55 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.20 (m, 2H), 7.26-7.31 (m, 1H).

Step I-2: To the more polar isomer from Step H, 12.6 mg, 27.97 pmol) in 0.5 mL acetic acid, 48% hydrogen bromide in water (0.5 mL, 4.417 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 120°C for 4 h and then, purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give the corresponding compound of Formula I. LCMS m/z : 228.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CD3OD) 5 1.33-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.51-1.91 (m, 6H), 1.95-2.08 (m, 2H), 2.14-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.94-3.01 (m, 1H), .23 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.56 (m, 1H), 4.25-4.30 (m, 2H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.28 (m, 1H). ,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 140) may be prepared from equal amounts of the two enantiomers 132 and 118, for e by stirring together equal s of the two enantiomers in a solvent, followed by solvent removal.

Example 1.19: Preparation of yl-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'- ropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 101): Step A: Preparation of 8'-bromo-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]- lflone To a on of 8-bromo-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (2.0 g, 8.886 mmol) in 80 mL tBuOH, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (27 mL, 27.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, (2-chloroethyl)dimethylsulfonium iodide (2.3 g, 9.107 mmol) was added.

After stirring at room temperature over-the-weekend, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to 8'-bromo-3',4'-dihydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'-naphthalen]—1'—one (1.67 g, 75%). LCMS m/z = 251.3 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.85-0.87 (m, 2H), .49 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H), 2.98-3.01 (m, 2H), 7.19-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 8'-bromo-1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalene] To a suspension of 1 M potassium ylpropanolate in THF (8.7 mL, 8.700 mmol) in 25 mL toluene, 1 M potassium ylpropanolate in THF (8.7 mL, 8.700 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110°C (oil bath) for 40 min, a on of 8'-bromo-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- aphthalen]—1'—one (1.45 g, 5.774 mmol) in 8 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C for 20 min, d to cool to room temperature, and extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexanes) to give 8'-bromo-1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,2'-naphthalene] (1.41 g, 98%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.59-0.62 (m, 2H), 0.86-0.88 (m, 2H), 1.73 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 2.80 (t, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 5.21 (s, 1H), 5.59 (s, 1H), 6.96- 7.00 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.46-7.48 (m, 1H).

Step C: ation of the following compound: To an ice-cooled solution of 8'-bromo-1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,2'- naphthalene] (1.41 g, 5.659 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (2.465 mL, 33.96 mmol) in 40 mL DCE, 1 M diethylzinc in hexane (29 mL, 29.00 mmol) was added over ca. 5 min. After stirring at 0°C for 2 h, the mixture was continued to be stirred at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 2 h, the mixture was cooled in an ice-water bath and ed by the addition of 1 M NH4Cl. The residue WO 23679 was extracted with additional 1 M NH4Cl and CH2C12. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, ed, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexanes) to give the title compound for this step (1.36 g, 91%) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.18-0.20 (m, 2H), 0.42-0.44 (m, 2H), 0.73-0.75 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.79 (t, J : 6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.93 (t, J: 6.8 Hz, 2H), 6.94-6.98 (m, 1H), 7.10-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.33-7.35 (m, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of the following compound: To a mixture of the t of step C (1.36 g, 5.168 mmol), sodium bicarbonate (236 mg, 2.809 mmol), and Rh2(cap)4 (71.1 mg, 0.109 mmol) in 20 mL DCE, 5 .5 M operoxymethylpropane in decane (4.7 mL, 25.85 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 40°C (oil bath). After 3 h, more Rh2(cap)4 (75 mg) and 5.5 M operoxymethylpropane in decane (4.7 mL) were added. After stirring for 3 more hours, more Rh2(cap)4 (77 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (4.7 mL) were added. After stirring overnight, more p)4 (77 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxy propane in decane (4.7 mL) were added. After stirring for 6 more hours, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated.

The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (798 mg, 56 %) as a colorless oil. LCMS m/z = 277.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHZ, CDC13) 5 0.35-0.38 (m, 2H), 0.53-0.56 (m, 2H), 0.82-0.84 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.83 (m, 2H), 2.61- 2.64 (m, 2H), 7.09-7.13 (m, 1H), 7.67 (dd, J1 : 7.9 Hz, J2 : 1.5 Hz, 1H), 8.01 (dd, J1 : 7.6 Hz, J2 :1.5 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of the ing compound: To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (305 mg, 7.63 mmol) in 20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.35 g, 7.621 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of the product of Step D (795 mg, 2.868 mmol) in 20 mL THF was added. After stirring at 60°C (oil bath) for 40 min, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue was extracted with CH2C12 and water. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (838 mg, 97%) as a colorless oil (E:Z : 56:44). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.29-0.32 (m, 1H), 0.36-0.39 (m, 1H), 0.51-0.55 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.82 (m, 2H), .38 (m, 2H), 2.69 (d, J: 1.8 Hz, 0.88H), 2.9 (d, J: 2.0 Hz, 1.12H), 5.34-5.35 (m, 0.44H), 5.68-5.69 (m, 0.56H), 7.04-7.08 (m, 0.56H), .16 (m, 0.44H), 7.37 (dd, J1 = 7.6 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 0.56H), 7.53-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.78 (dd, J1 = 7.6 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 0.44H).

Step F: Preparation of Compound 16 of Figure 4, where R1 is ethyl A mixture of the product of Step E (307 mg, 1.023 mmol), bis(tri-t—butylphosphine)palladium (25 mg, 48.73 umol), and 1 M diethylzinc in hexanes (3 mL, 3.000 mmol) in 10 mL THF was stirred at 60°C (oil bath). After 2.5 h, the e was cooled in an ice/water-bath and quenched by the dropwise addition of 2 M NH4C1. The residue was extracted with 2 M NH4C1 and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (216 mg, 85%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.29-0.32 (m, 1H), 0.35-0.38 (m, 1H), 0.46-0.49 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.73 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.82 (m, 1H), 0.85-0.92 (m, 2H), 1.15-1.20 (m, 3H), 2.65-2.72 (m, 3H), 2.89-2.90 (m, 1H), .29-5.30 (m, 0.56H), 5.65-5.66 (m, 0.44H), 7.14-7.28 (m, 2.56H), 7.66 (dd, J1 = 7.2 Hz, J2 = 1.6 Hz, 0.44H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 17 of Figure 4, where R1 is ethyl To a mixture of the product of step F (215 mg, 0.862 mmol) and cobalt(II) de hexahydrate (650 mg, 2.732 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (1 g, 26.43 mmol) was added in small ns over 6 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, (BOC)20 (1 g, 4.582 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was partly concentrated.

The residue was diluted with water and CH2C12 and shaken in a separatory . Phases were filtered through celite and separated. Aqueous phase was washed twice more with CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing Boc-protected t were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 10 mL CH2C12, cooled in an ter-bath, and TFA (2 mL, 26.12 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0°C for 2.5 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give the title nd for this step (191 mg, 60%). LCMS m/z = 256.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.13-0.18 (m, 1H), 0.24-0.29 (m, 1H), 0.39-0.48 (m, 3H), 0.65-0.70 (m, 1H), 0.88-0.93 (m, 1H), 1.11-1.33 (m, 6H), 1.85-1.94 (m, 1H), 2.04-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.62- 2.82 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.14 (m, 2H), 7.02-7.06 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.14 (m, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of Compound 18 of Figure 4, where R1 is ethyl and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl To an ice-cooled solution of the t of step G (189 mg, 0.512 mmol) and N—ethyl-N— isopropylpropanamine (267 141, 1.533 mmol) in 5 mL CH2C12, a solution of (3,4- rophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (199 mg, 0.767 mmol) dissolved in 2 mL CH2C12 was added slowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0°C for 0.5 h, the mixture was ted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (172 mg, 70 %). LCMS m/z : 476.5 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.15-0.18 (m, 1H), 0.20-0.23 (m, 1H), 0.32-0.37 (m, 1H), 0.40-0.46 (m, 2H), 0.57-0.62 (m, 1H), 0.81- 0.86 (m, 1H), 1,10-1.28 (m, 5H), 1.70-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.98 (m, 1H), .28 (m, 1H), 2.61-2.81 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.28 (m, 3H), 4.13-4.21 (m, 3H), 6.98 (d, J: 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.05 (d, J: 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.14- 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.24-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J : 8.2 H, 1H), 7.52 (d, : 2.1 Hz, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of Compound 19 of Figure 4, where R1 is ethyl and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl To a on of the product of Step H (171 mg, 0.357 mmol) in 4 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (80 mg, 0.888 mmol), acetic anhydride (34 141, 0.360 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (147 141, 2.267 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (110 mg, 63%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0181-0276 (m, 2H), 0.30-0.35 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.54 (m, 2H), 0.60-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.81-0.86 (m, 1H), 1.02-1.07 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, J: 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.57-1.63 (m, 1H), 1.86-1.99 (m, 3H), 2.60-2.75 (m, 2H), 3.43-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.82 (d, J: 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.94 (d, J: 13.8 Hz, 1H), 4.41 (d, J: 16.2 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (d, J :16.2 Hz, 1H), 6.86 (d, J: 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.94-6.99 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.29 (m, 2H).

Step J: Preparation of 8'-ethyl-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 101): To a solution of Reactant 7 (107.7 mg, 0.220 mmol) in 3 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- yethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.5 mL, 4.612 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80°C (oil bath). After 3 h, more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium e in toluene (1.5 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80°C. After another 3 h, the mixture was diluted with toluene (ca. 10 mL), cooled in an ice-water bath, and quenched by the dropwise addition of 1 M NH4Cl. After stirring for 0.5 h, t—butyl dicarbonate (265 mg, 1.214 mmol) was added. The e was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 h, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). ons containing Boc-protected product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 3 mL CH2C12, cooled in an ice-water bath, and TFA (551 141, 7.195 mmol) was added. After ng at 0°C for 1.5 h, the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give the title nd for this example 1.19 (40.3 mg, 48%) as a white solid. LCMS m/z : 268.2 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.21-0.26 (m, 1H), 0.29-0.40 (m, 2H), 0.47-0.52 (m, 1H), 0.69-0.75 (m, 2H), 0.85-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.96-1.03 (m, 1H), 1.16 (t, J: 7.5 Hz, 3H), 1.71-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.98 (m, 1H), 2.02-2.08 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.26 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.76 (m, 2H), 3.41-3.44 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.66 (m, 1H), 4.29 (d, J: 14.7 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J: 14.7 Hz, 1H), 7.02-7.06 (m, 2H).

Example 1.20: Preparation of 8'-methyl-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine]Compound 116): Step A: Preparation of Compound 16 of Figure 4, where R1 is methyl A mixture of the product of Step E in Example 1.19 (298 mg, 0.993 mmol), bis(tri-tert— butylphosphoranyl)palladium (25 mg, 48.73 pmol), and 1 M dimethylzinc in heptane (3 mL, 3.000 mmol) in 10 mL THF was stirred at 60°C (oil bath). After 4 h, the mixture was cooled in an ice/water- bath and quenched by the dropwise addition of 2 M NH4Cl. The residue was extracted with 2 M NH4Cl and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, /AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (219 mg, 94%) as an ite solid. LCMS m/z : 236.3 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.29-0.31 (m, 1H), 0.35-0.38 (m, 1H), 0.44-0.47 (m, 2H), 0.69-0.72 (m, 1H), 0.76-0.79 (m, 1H), 0.87-0.90 (m, 1H), 0.92-0.95 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 1.68H), 2.33 (s, 1.32H), 2.69 (d, J :1.8 Hz, 0.88H), 2.90 (d, J : 2.2 Hz, 1.12 H), 5.28-5.30 (m, 0.44H), 5.66-5.67 (m, , 7.09-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.27-7.30 (m, 0.56H), 7.68 (dd, J1 : 7.4 Hz, J2 : 1.1 Hz, 0.44H).

Step B: ation of Compound 17 of Figure 4, where R1 is methyl To a mixture of the product of Step A (215 mg, 0.914 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (660 mg, 2.774 mmol) in 20 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (1 g, 26.43 mmol) was added in small portions over 6 h. After stirring at room temperature overnight, di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (1 g, 4.582 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 0.5 h, the mixture was partly concentrated. The residue was diluted with water and CH2C12 and shaken in a separatory funnel. Phases were filtered through celite and separated. Aqueous phase was washed twice more with CH2C12.

Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing Boc-protected product were concentrated. The e was dissolved in 10 mL CH2C12, cooled in an ice-water bath, and 2,2,2- trifluoroacetic acid (2.1 mL, 27.42 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0°C for 1.5 h, solution was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to give the title nd for this step (191 mg, 60%) as an off-white solid. LCMS m/z = 242.0 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 5 0.15-0.18 (m, 1H), 0.24- 0.28 (m, 1H), 0.37-0.49 (m, 3H), 0.64-0.69 (m, 1H), .91 (m, 1H), .17 (m, 1H), .34 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.94 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.40 (m, 4H), 3.09-3.13 (m, 2H), 3.26-3.33 (m, 1H), 6.96-6.98 (m, 1H), .09 (m, 2H).

Step C: Preparation of Compound 18 of Figure 4, where R1 is methyl and R10 is 3,4- robenzyl To an ice-cooled solution of the product of Step B (255 mg, 0.567 mmol) and N—ethyl-N- isopropylpropanamine (375 141, 2.167 mmol) in 7 mL , a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (220 mg, 0.848 mmol) dissolved in 5 mL CH2C12 was added slowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0°C for 0.5 h, the e was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOZ, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (213 mg, 81 %). LCMS m/z = 462.5 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.15-0.18 (m, 1H), 0.20-0.25 (m, 1H), 0.30-0.35 (m, 1H), 0.40-0.48 (m, 2H), 0.57-0.62 (m, 1H), 0.80- 0.84 (m, 1H), 1.09-1.13 (m, 1H), 1.23-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.70-1.79 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.99 (m, 1H), 2.19-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 3.16-3.25 (m, 3H), 4.13-4.17 (m, 1H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 6.99 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.12 (m, 1H), 7.25-7.27 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (d, J: 2.1 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of Compound 19 of Figure 4, where R1 is methyl and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl WO 23679 To a solution of the product of Step C (210 mg, 0.452 mmol) in 5 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (110 mg, 1.221 mmol), acetic anhydride (43 1.11, 0.455 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (182 1.11, 2.807 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (165 mg, 77%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.18-0.27 (m, 2H), 0.29-0.33 (m, 1H), 0.43-0.47 (m, 1H), 0.57-0.66 (m, 2H), 0.76-0.82 (m, 1H), 1.10-1.15 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.62 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.95 (m, 3H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.60-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.81 (d, J: 13.8 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (d, J: 13.8 Hz, 1H), 4.39 (d, J : 16.1 Hz, 1H), 4.60 (d, J: 16.1 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (d, J: 7.7 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (d, J: 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (dd, J1 : 8.2 Hz, J2 : 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (d, J: 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H).Step E: Preparation of 8'-methyl-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclopropane- 1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 116) To a solution of the t of Step C (163 mg, 0.342 mmol) in 3 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (3 mL, 9.22 mmol) was added. After ng at 80°C (oil bath) for 4 h, more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium e in toluene (3 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80°C. After another 2 h, the mixture was diluted with e, cooled in an ter-bath, and quenched by the dropwise on of 1 M NH4Cl. After stirring for 0.5 h, di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (746 mg, 3.418 mmol) was added. After stirring for ca. 0.5 h, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH2C12. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing Boc-protected product were concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 3 mL CH2C12, cooled in an ice/water-bath, and 2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid (786 1.11, 10.26 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0°C for 1 h, the mixture was concentrated to give the title compound for this Example 1.20 (63.4 mg, 50%). LCMS m/z : 254.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD30D) 5 0.22-0.26 (m, 1H), 0.29-0.37 (m, 2H), 0.46-0.50 (m, 1H), 0.66-0.72 (m, 1H), 0.81-0.89 (m, 2H), 1.04- 1.09 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.99 (m, 1H), 2.02-2,07 (m, 1H), .22 (m, 1H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 3.37-3.48 (m, 2H), .63 (m, 1H), 4.30 (d, J: 14.6 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (d, J: 14.6 Hz, 1H), 6.96-7.01 (m, 2H).

Example 1.21: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclobutane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 108) Step A: Preparation of ethyl 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylate WO 23679 To a solution of diisopropylamine (2.84 mL, 20.26 mmol) in 40 mL THF, cooled in a acetonitrile/dry-ice bath, 2.5 M ithium in hexanes (9 mL, 22.50 mmol) was added slowly (over ca. min). After stirring at ca. -30°C for 15 min, flask was put into an acetone/dry-ice bath and ethyl cyclobutanecarboxylate (2.16 mL, 15.64 mmol) in 6 mL THF was added slowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 20 min). Flask was put into an acetonitrile/dry-ice bath. After stirring for 15 min, flask was put back into an acetone/dry-ice bath and a solution of (2-bromoethyl)benzene (3.2 mL, 23.43 mmol) in 8 mL THF was added slowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 30 min). The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room ature (over ca. 4 h). After stirring at room temperature overnight, the e was quenched with 2 M NH4Cl and extracted with additional 2 M NH4Cl and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and trated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient). Fractions containing product were concentrated and residue was re-purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA). Fractions congaing product were partly trated and residue was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give ethyl 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylate (1.75 g, 48%) as a colorless liquid. LCMS m/z = 233.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.28 (t, J: 7.2 Hz, 3H), 1.87-1.98 (m, 4H), 2.06-2.11 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.52 (m, 4H), 4.15 (q, J: 7.2 Hz, 2H), 7.16-7.19 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.29 (m, 2H).

Step B: Preparation of 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylic acid A mixture of ethyl 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylate (1.74 g, 7.490 mmol) and lithium hydroxide e (1.03 g, 24.55 mmol) in 75 mL THF/MeOH/HZO (3:1 :1) was stirred at 60°C (oil bath). After stirring overnight, the mixture was partly concentrated and residue was extracted with 2 M HCl and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated to give 1- phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylic acid (1.51 g, 99 %) as a white solid. LCMS m/z = 203.4 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, 6) 5 1.75-1.99 (m, 6H), 2.29 (m, 2H), 2.42-2.46 (m, 2H), 7.15-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.25-7.29 (m, 2H), 12.17 (s, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 3',4'-dihydr0-1'H-spir0[cyclobutane-1,2'-naphthalen]-1'-0ne To a solution of 1-phenethylcyclobutanecarboxylic acid (1.378 g, 6.746 mmol) in 70 mL CH2C12, oxalyl de (1.2 mL, 13.76 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, solution was trated and dried under high vacuum. The residue was dissolved in 70 mL DCE and WO 23679 2016/044426 aluminum trichloride (1.75 g, 13.12 mmol) was added. The mixture was d at 40°C (oil bath). After 0.5 h, black mixture was poured onto ice and extracted with . c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2'-naphthalen]-1'-one (940 mg, 75%) as a dark yellow liquid. LCMS m/z = 187.1[M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 1.87-2.07 (m, 4H), 2.22 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.45-2.52 (m, 2H), 2.95 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.41-7.45 (m, 1H), 8.07 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 =1.1Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of 1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2'- naphthalene] To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (3.87 g, 10.83 mmol) in 20 mL toluene, 1 M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (11 mL, 11.00 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110°C (oil bath) for 40 min, a solution of 3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2'-naphthalen]-1'-one (988 mg, 5.305 mmol) in 4 mL toluene was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C for 20 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexanes) to give 1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2'-naphthalene] (730 mg, 75 %) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 .99 (m, 6H), 2.10-2.18 (m, 2H), 2.88 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 5.14 (s, 1H), 5.48 (s, 1H), 7.06-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.56-7.60 (m, 1H), Step E: Preparation of Compound 26 of Figure 3, where R1 = H To an ice-cooled solution of 1'-methylene-3',4'-dihydro-1'H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,2'- naphthalene] (724 mg, 3.929 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (1.715 mL, 23.63 mmol) in 25 mL DCE, 1 M diethylzinc in hexanes (20 mL, 20.00 mmol) was added over ca. 10 min. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature. After stirring overnight, suspension was quenched by the addition of 1 M NH4Cl and extracted with water and CH2C12. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane) to give the title compound for this step (650 mg, 83.4 %) as a colorless liquid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.83-0.86 (m, 2H), .01 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.77 (m, 5H), 1.85-2.00 (m, 3H), 2.94 (t, J = 6.5 Hz, 2H), 6.74 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.09 (m, 3H).

Step F: Preparation of Compound 27 of Figure 3, where R1 = H To a solution of the product of Step E (647 mg, 3.263 mmol) in 25 mL DCE, sodium onate (140 mg, 1.667 mmol), Rh2(cap)4 (52.5 mg, 80.22 umol), and 5.5 M operoxy methylpropane in decane (4 mL, 22.00 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C (oil bath) overnight, more Rh2(cap)4 (48 mg) and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (4 mL) were added.

After stirring for another 6 h, the mixture was ted with water and . Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (430 mg, 62%) as a colorless liquid. LCMS m/z = 213.1 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.01-1.04 (m, 2H), 1.16-1.18 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.85 (m, 5H), 1.91-2.01 (m, 1H), 2.92 (s, 2H), 6.94 (d, J: 7.9 Hz, 1H), 7.22- 7.26 (m, 1H), 7.44-7.49 (m, 1H), 8.00 (dd, J1 = 7.8 Hz, J2 = 1.4 Hz, 1H).

Step G: Preparation of Compound 28 of Figure 3, where R1 = H To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (393 mg, 9.83 mmol) in 20 mL THF, a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (1.5 g, 8.468 mmol) in 30 mL THF was added slowly (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of the product of Step F (429 mg, 2.021 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added. After stirring at 60°C (oil bath) overnight, the mixture was concentrated and e was extracted with CH2C12 and water + brine. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (393 mg, 83 %) as a colorless oil (E:Z = 66:34). LCMS m/z = 236.3 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.91-0.06 (m, 2H), 1.10-1.14 (m, 2H), 1.61-2.08 (m, 6H), 2.74 (d, J: 1.2 Hz, 0.64H), 3.06 (d, J = 1.2 Hz, 1.32H), .32 (m, 0.34H), .81-5.82 (m, 0.66H), 6.78-6.85 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.23 (m, 1H), 7.29-7.34 (m, 1H), 7.51 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 0.64H), 8.26 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, .

Step H: Preparation of Compound 29 of Figure 3, where R1 = H To a e of the product of Step G (390 mg, 1.657 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.2 g, 5.043 mmol) in 30 mL MeOH, sodium tetrahydroborate (2 g, 52.86 mmol) was added in small portions over 3.5 h. After stirring overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Phases were filtered through celite and washed with CH2C12. Phases were separated and aqueous phase was extracted three more times with CH2C12. Combined organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient first and then CH2C12/MeOH/7M NH3 in MeOH 80: 18:2) to give the title compound for this step (262 mg, 66 %). LCMS m/z = 242.0 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.51-0.56 (m, 1H), 0.71-0.76 (m, 1H), 1.11-1.46 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.93 (m, 7H), 2.05-2.14 (m, 1H), 2.19- 2.24 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.86 (m, 2H), 3.12-3.20 (m, 1H), 6.77-6.82 (m, 1H), 7.04-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.24-7.28 (m, 1H).

Step 1: Preparation of Compound 30 of Figure 3, where R1 = H and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl To an oled solution of the product of Step H (258 mg, 1.069 mmol) and N—ethyl-N— isopropylpropanamine (0.280 mL, 1.608 mmol) in 10 mL , a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (333 mg, 1.283 mmol) dissolved in 5 mL CH2C12 was added slowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0°C for 15 min, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (436 mg, 88 %). LCMS m/z = 462.5 [M-1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.50-0.55 (m, 1H), 0.71-0.76 (m, 1H), 1.13-1.27 (m, 2H), 1.38-1.45 (m, 1H), 1.52-1.94 (m, 7H), 2.06- 2.18 (m, 2H), 3.01-3.20 (m, 3H), 4.02-4.05 (m, 1H), 4.17 (s, 2H), 6.78-6.82 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.16 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.25 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.50 d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H).

Step J: Preparation of Compound 31 of Figure 3, where R1 = H and R10 is 3,4- dichlorobenzyl N\S CI 0 To a solution of the product of Step I (430 mg, 0.926 mmol) in 10 mL DCE, 1,3,5-trioxane (194 mg, 2.154 mmol), acetic anhydride (89 1.11, 0.942 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (383 1.11, 5.906 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. c phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The e was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiOz, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give the title compound for this step (177 mg, 40%) as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 .76 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.83 (m, 1H), .28 (m, 3H), .47 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.93 (m, 7H), 2.21-2.26 (m, 1H), 3.26-3.34 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.99 (m, 3H), 4.16 (d, J = 15.3 Hz, 1H), 4.63 (dd, J1 =15.3 Hz, J2 = 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (dd, J1 = 8.0 Hz, J2 = 1.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (dd, J1 = 8.2 Hz, J2 = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J1 = 7.3 Hz, J2 = 1.3 Hz, 1H), 7.07-7.11 (m, 2H), 7.30 (d, J: 8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step K: Preparation of 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1'H-dispiro[cyclobutane-1,6'- cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 108) 2016/044426 To a solution of the product of Step J (171 mg, 0.359 mmol) in 2 mL toluene, 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (2 mL, 6.15 mmol) was added. After stirring at 80°C (oil bath) for 7 h, the mixture was diluted with additional toluene, cooled in an ice-bath, and ed by the slow addition of 2 M NH4Cl. The mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH2C12.

Organic phases were concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give the title compound for this Example 1.21 (80.3 mg, 61%). LCMS m/z : 254.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 0.60-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.78-0.84 (m, 1H), .26 (m, 2H), 1.48-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.78 (m, 5H), 1.87-2.09 (m, 3H), 2.40-2.45 (m, 1H), 3.41-3.58 (m, 3H), 4.24 (dd, J1 : 14.0 Hz, J2 : 1.2 Hz, 1H), 4.34 (d, J: 14.0 Hz, 1H), 6.93-6.97 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.16 (m, 2H).

Example 1.22: Preparation of 8-methoxy-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 126) Step A: Preparation of 2-(5-methoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2P0-ylidene)acetonitrile.

To a suspension of sodium hydride (0.908 g, 22.70 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) under N2 was added diethyl methyl)phosphonate (4.021 g, 22.70 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at 23 0C for 2 h. a solution of 5-methoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (2.0 g, 11.35 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added. The reaction was d at 23 0C for 2 h. The mixture was trated. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with H20. The c extract was purified by column chromatography (0-80% EtOAc/Hex) to give the title compound. LCMS m/z : 200.2 [M+1]+.

Step B: Preparation of 2-(5-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethanamine.

To a suspension of Raney-Nickel 2800 (1.2 g, 20.45 mmol) washed 3 time with methanol were added MeOH (15 mL), (E)(5-methoxy-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (0.5 g, 2.509 mmol), and 7M ammonia in ol (7.170 mL, 50.19 mmol). The reaction was shaken under 80 psi of H2 at 23 0C for 72 h. The mixture was filtered over celite and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by HPLC to give the title compound (248 mg). LCMS m/z : 206.2 [M+1]+; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.64-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.79-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.88-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.52-2.73 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.93 (m, 1H), .07 (m, 2H), 6.72 (d, J: 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J: 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J: 7.9 Hz, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 8-methoxy-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine.

To a solution of 2-(5-methoxy-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalenyl)ethanamine.trifluoroacetic acid (47 mg, 0.147 mmol) and Formaldehyde (5.303 mg, 0.177 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) was added TFA (13.53 pL, 0.177 mmol). The reaction was stirred at 80 0C for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated.

The residue was purified by HPLC to give the title compound (3.4 mg). LCMS m/z : 218.4 [M+1]+; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 .78 (m, 3H), 1.80-2.07 (m, 3H), 2.52-2.63 (m, 1H), 2.64-2.74 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.27 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.46 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, J : 4.0 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J: 4.0 Hz, 1H), 6.77 (d, J : 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (t, J: 8.3 Hz,1H).

Example 1.23: Preparation of 1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4- pine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (Compound 139).

Step A: Preparation of -dimethylisochromanylidene)acetonitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.545 g, 13.62 mmol) in THF (20 mL), a solution of diethyl (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (2.203 mL, 13.62 mmol) in THF (40 mL) was added slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 5 min, a solution of 1,1-dimethylisochromanone (1 g, .675 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added. After stirring at room temperature overnight, the e was extracted with AcOEt and water. Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(1,1- dimethylisochromanylidene)acetonitrile (871.5 mg, 77 %) (E:Z = 57:43). LCMS m/z = 200.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz,CDC13)5 1.56 (d, J = 3.28 Hz, 6H), 4.41 (d, J = 1.16 Hz, 1.12H), 4.80 (d, J = 1.64 Hz, 0.88H), 5.29 (m, , 5.77 (m, 0.43H), 7.20-7.24 (m, 1H), 7.26-7.30 (m, 0.43H), 7.32- 7.36 (m, 0.57H), 7.40-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.57 (m, 1.06 Hz, 0.43H), 8.37 (m, 0.57H).

Step B: Preparation of -dimethylisochromanyl)ethanamine To an undetermined amount of raney nickel (slurry in water; washed three times with MeOH), a solution of -dimethylisochromanylidene)acetonitrile (871 mg, 4.371 mmol) in MeOH (ca. 95 mL) and 7 M ammonia in MeOH (2 mL, 14.00 mmol) were added. The e was shaken on a Parr- shaker under ca. 60 psi hydrogen pressure for 5 days. Raney nickel was filtered off through celite, washed with additional MeOH, concentrated, and dried under high vacuum. The residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give -dimethylisochromanyl)ethanamine (448.6 mg, 50 %). LCMS m/z = 205.6 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.52 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 6H), 2.15-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.71 (br s, 1H), 2.89-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.97 (br s, 1H), 3.06 (br s, 2H), 3.86 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (dd, J = 3.5, 12.5 Hz, 1H), 7.06-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.17-7.25 (m, 2H).

Step C: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide 2016/044426 To an ice-cooled solution of -dimethylisochromanyl)ethanamine trifluoroacetate (448 mg, 1.403 mmol) and N-ethyl-N—isopropylpropanamine (0.733 mL, 4.209 mmol) in CH2C12 (14 mL), a solution of (3,4-dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (0.546 g, 2.104 mmol) dissolved in CH2C12 (6 mL) was added slowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0°C for 0.5 h, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(1,1-dimethylisochromanyl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide 8 mg, 77 %). LCMS m/z = 428.0 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.48 (d, J = 3.92 Hz, 6H), 1.91-2.04 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.92-2.99 (m, 1H), 3.03-3.09 (m, 1H), 3.81 (dd, J = 12.04, 1.28 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd, J = 12.0, 3.36 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (s, 2H), .98 (m, 1H), 7.03 (dd, J = 7.38, 1.62 Hz, 1H), 7.08-7.11 (m, 1H), 7.15-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.43 (d, J = 8.24 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.04 Hz, 1H).

Step D: Preparation of 6-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7- hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[SA-cd]azepine To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(1,1-dimethylisochroman yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (230 mg, 0.537 mmol) in DCE (6 mL), 1,3,5-trioxane (0.120 g, 1.334 mmol), acetic ide (51.06 ul, 0.540 mmol), and methanesulfonic acid (0.220 mL, 3.395 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min. LCMS showed small amount of t formed with major amount of starting material left. The reaction was continued to stir under room temperature for 2.5 hours. According to LCMS, reaction was not completed. The mixture was ted with 1 M NaHC03 and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 6- ((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7 -hexahydro- 1H—isochromeno [5 ,4-cd] azepine (118.5 mg, 50 %). LCMS m/z = 440.5 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.50 (d, J = 5.48 Hz, 6H), 1.62-1.80 (m, 2H), 3.00-3.06 (m, 1H), 3.35-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.70 (dd, J = 12.00, 4.08 Hz, 1H), 3.74- 3.79 (m, 1H), 4.03-4.08 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, J = 13.85 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (d, J = 15.16 Hz, 1H), 4.46-4.50 (m, 1H), 7.02 (dd, J = 8.66, 4.44 Hz, 1H), 7.14-7.18 (m, 3H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.28 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 2.00 Hz, 1H).

Step E: Preparation of 1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4- cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate und 139 as the TFA salt) To a solution of 6-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H- isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine (118 mg, 0.268 mmol) in toluene (3 mL), 60% bis(2- methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.569 mL, 4.823 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80°C. After 3 hours, more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.5 mL) was added and ued to be stirred at 80°C. After another 3 hours, the mixture was diluted with toluene (ca. 10 mL), cooled in an ice-water bath, and quenched by the se addition of 1 M NH4Cl. After stirring for 0.5 h, t—butyl dicarbonate (0.322 g, 1.474 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 hour, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient to give tert—butyl 1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5-tetrahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine-6(7H)- carboxylate. Tert-butyl 1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5-tetrahydro- 1H-isochromeno [5,4-cd]azepine-6(7H)- carboxylate was dissolved in CH2C12 (3 mL), cooled in an ter bath, and TFA (0.616 mL, 8.038 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0°C for 1.5 hour, the mixture was concentrated and residue was ed by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give 1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro- 1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (22.3 mg, 25 %). LCMS m/z = 218.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 1.52 (d, J = 8.00 Hz, 6H), 1.93-2.07 (m, 2H), 3.11-3.16 (m, 1H), 3.43-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.76 (dd, J = 12.14, 3.70 Hz, 1H), 4.13 (dd, J = 12.12, 4.72 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (d, J = 14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.50 (d, J = 14.2 Hz, 1H), 7.23-7.32 (m, 3H). e 1.24: Preparation of 8'-fluoro-6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (Compound 119).

Step A: Preparation of 8-fluoro-2,2—dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one F 0 To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.82 g, 20.5 mmol) in THF (28 mL), a solution of 8-fluoro-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.53 g, 9.3 mmol) in THF (14 mL) was added (over ca. 5 min). After stirring at room temperature for 20 min, iodomethane (1.16 mL, 18.6 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 50 min, the mixture was extracted with water and AcOEt.

Organic phase was dried over MgSO4, d, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, /AcOEt gradient) to give 8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-3,4- dihydronaphthalen-l(2H)-one (1.3003 g, 73 %). LCMS m/z = 192.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.96 (t, J = 12.8 Hz, 2H), 2.99 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), .01 (m, 2H), 7.39 (td, J =15.9, 5.12 Hz, 1H).

Step B: Preparation of 8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-l-methylene-l,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene To a suspension of methyltriphenylphosphonium bromide (4.107 g, 11.50 mmol) in Toluene (25 mL), 1M potassium 2-methylpropanolate in THF (20.29 mL, 20.29 mmol) was added. After stirring at 110°C for 40 min, a solution of 8-fluoro-2,2-dimethyl-3,4-dihydronaphthalen-1(2H)-one (1.3 g, 6.763 mmol) in Toluene (5 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at 110°C for 20 min, allowed to cool to room temperature, and ted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexanes) to give 8-fluoro-2,2-dimethylmethylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (429 mg, 33 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 1.15 (s, 6H), 1.67 (t, J = 13.48 Hz, 2H), 2.87 (t, J = 6.74 Hz, 2H), 5.38-5.39 (m, 1H), 5.70 (d, J = 1.64 Hz, 1H), 6.86-6.91 (m, 2H), 7.05-7.10 (m, 1H).

Step C: Preparation of 8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'- naphthalene] To an ice-cooled solution of 8-fluoro-2,2-dimethylmethylene-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (429 mg, 2.255 mmol) and chloroiodomethane (0.982 mL, 13.53 mmol) in Dichloroethane (15 mL), 1 M diethylzinc in hexanes (11.27 mL, 11.27 mmol) was added over ca. 10 min. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction was stirred under room temperature overnight, suspension was quenched by the addition of 2 M NH4Cl and extracted with water and CH2C12. ed organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by e column chromatography (SIO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl- 3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalene] (382.93 mg, 83 %). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.827 (s, 6H), 0.85-0.88 (m, 2H), 1.32 (q, J = 10.96, 1.68 Hz, 2H), 1.65 (t, J = 13.52 Hz, 2H), 2.88 (t, J = 6.78 Hz, 2H), 6.70-6.75 (m, 1H), 6.85-6.87 (m, 1H), .99 (m, 1H).

Step D: ation of 8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]- D one To a solution of 8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalene] (447 mg, 2.188 mmol) in DCE (17 mL), sodium bicarbonate (0.121 g, 1.435 mmol), Rh2(cap)4 (14.32 mg, 21.88 pmol), and 5.5 M 2-hydroperoxymethylpropane in decane (2.514 mL, 13.82 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C for 3 hours, more Rh2(cap)4 (14.32 mg) and 5 .5 M 2-hydroperoxy propane in decane (1.3 mL, 7.15 mmol) were added. After stirring at 40°C overnight, the mixture was extracted with water and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-one (440.19 mg, 92 %). LCMS m/z = 219.2 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) 5 2.05-2.12 (s, 6H), 3.79 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.13 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H).

WO 23679 Step E: Preparation of 2-(8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'- naphthalen]-4'(3'PD-ylidene)acetonitrile To a suspension of 60% sodium hydride dispersion (0.194 g, 4.838 mmol) in 20 mL THF, a solution of l (cyanomethyl)phosphonate (0.783 mL, 4.838 mmol) in 30 mL THF was added slowly. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, a solution of 8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]—4'(3'H)-one (440 mg, 2.016 mmol) in 15 mL THF was added.

After stirring at room temperature overnight, the mixture was extracted with AcOEt and water. c phase was dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, /AcOEt gradient) to give 2-(8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'(3'H)-ylidene)acetonitrile (445.2 mg, 75 %), (E:Z = 60:40).

LCMS m/z = 242.4 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.85 (s, 3H), 0.88 (s, 3H), 0.93-1.00 (m, 2H), 1.44-1.50 (m, 2H), 2.44 (d, J = Hz, 0.82H), 2.75 (d, J = Hz, 1.18H), 5.25-5.27 (m, 0.4H), 5.76-5.77 (m, 0.6H), 6.96-7.04 (m, 1H), 7.11(m, 0.6H), 7.18 (m, 0.4H), 7.33 (dd, J = 7.9, 1.1 Hz, 0.6H), 8.01 (dd, J = 7.9, 0.8 Hz, 0.4H).

Step F: Preparation of 2-(8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethanamine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate F38k To a e of 2-(8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]—4'(3'H)- ylidene)acetonitrile (445 mg, 1.501 mmol) and cobalt(II) chloride hexahydrate (1.179 g, 4.954 mmol) in MeOH (27 mL), sodium tetrahydroborate (1.840 g, 48.64 mmol) was added in small portions over 2 hours. After stirring at room temperature ght, di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (0.754 g, 3.453 mmol) was added. After stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, the mixture was ed through celite.

Filtrate was extracted with CH2C12/water. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was ed by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert-butyl (2-(8'-fluoro-2'-methyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'- naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)carbamate. tert—butyl -fluoro-2'-methyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)carbamate was dissolved in CH2C12 with TFA (3.449 mL, 45.03 mmol) added under 0°C and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was concentrated and purified by HPLC (CH3CN/HZO gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give 2-(8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethanamine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (471.76 mg, 87 %). LCMS m/z = 248.4 . 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.89 (s, 3H), 0.91-1.05 (m, 3H), 1.33-1.37 (m, 1H), 1.42 (dd, J = 13.06, 11.06 Hz, 1H), 1.82 (dd, J = 13.08, 6.56 Hz, 1H), 1.89-1.99 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.27 (m, 1H), .05 (m, 2H), 3.09-3.17 (m, 1H), 6.79-6.84 (m, 1H), 7.07-7.15 (m, 2H), Step G: Preparation of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N-(2-(8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'- dihydro-Z'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide To an ice-cooled solution of 2-(8'-fiuoro-2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane- 1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethanamine 2,2,2-trifluoroacetate (468 mg, 1.295 mmol) and N—ethyl-N— isopropylpropanamine (0.677 mL, 3.885 mmol) in CH2C12 (12 mL), a solution of (3,4- dichlorophenyl)methanesulfonyl chloride (0.504 g, 1.943 mmol) dissolved in CH2C12 (6 mL) was added slowly by a syringe pump (over ca. 15 min). After stirring at 0°C for 1 hour, the mixture was extracted with water and CHzClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give 1-(3,4- dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(8'-fiuoro-2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]— 4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (228.68 mg, 38 %). LCMS m/z = 470.8 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.74 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.82-0.95 (m, 2H), 1.06-1.11 (m, 1H), 1.31-1.37 (m, 2H), 1.69 (dd, 1H), 1.73-1.82 (m, 1H), 2.05-2.13 (m, 1H), 2.97-3.15 (m, 3H), 4.10 (t, 1H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 6.79 (dd, 1H), 6.93 (d, 1H), 7.04-7.09 (m, 1H), 7.23-7.26 (m, 1H), 7.46 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H).

Step H: Preparation of 2'-((3,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-8'-fluoro-6',6'-dimethyl- 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphth0[1,8-cd]azepine] To a solution of 1-(3,4-dichlorophenyl)-N—(2-(8'-fluoro-2',2'-dimethyl-3',4'-dihydro-2'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,1'-naphthalen]-4'-yl)ethyl)methanesulfonamide (228 mg, 0.485 mmol) in Dichloroethane (0.5 mL), 1,3,5-trioxane (0.118 g, 1.309 mmol), acetic anhydride (46.09 141, 0.488 mmol), and esulfonic acid (0.195 mL, 3.005 mmol) were added. After stirring at room temperature for 10 min, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaHCO3 and CHZClz. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. Residue was purified by biotage column chromatography (SiO2, /AcOEt gradient) to give ,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-8'-fiuoro-6',6'-dimethyl- 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (220.2 mg, 82 %). 2016/044426 LCMS m/z = 482.0 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 5 0.70-0.77 (m, 1H), 0.722 (s, 3H), 0.863 (s, 3H), 0.95-1.00 (m, 1H), 1.19-1.14 (m, 1H), .32 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.78 (m, 3H), 3.16-3.23 (m, 1H), 3.24-3.31 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.96 (q, J = 4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.09-4.15 (m, 1H), 4.57 (dd, J = 15.4, 1.76 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (dd, 13.7, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.95 (dd, J = 8.2, 5.0 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (dd, .3, 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 1.96 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H).

Step I: Preparation of 8'-fluoro-6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H- spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] trifluoroacetate (Compound 119 as the TFA salt) To a solution of ,4-dichlorobenzyl)sulfonyl)-8'-fluoro-6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'- hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (110 mg, 0.199 mmol) in toluene (5 mL), 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (1.163 mL, 3.575 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at 80°C. After 3 hours, more 60% bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum(III) sodium hydride in toluene (2.44 mL) was added and continued to be stirred at 80°C. After another 3 hours, the e was diluted with toluene (10 mL), cooled in an ice-water bath, and quenched by the dropwise addition of 1 M NH4C1. After stirring for 0.5 h, di-tert—butyl dicarbonate (0.238 g, 1.092 mmol) was added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 hour, the mixture was extracted with 1 M NaOH and CH2C12. Organic phases were dried over MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated. The residue was purified by biotage column tography (SiO2, hexane/AcOEt gradient) to give tert—butyl 8'-fluoro-6',6'-dimethyl-4',4a',5',6'-tetrahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]-2'(3'H)-carboxylate. tert—butyl 8'-fluoro-6',6'-dimethyl-4',4a',5',6'-tetrahydro- 1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine]-2'(3'H)-carboxylate was dissolved in CH2C12 (3 mL), cooled in an ice-water bath, and TFA (0.456 mL, 5.958 mmol) was added. After stirring at 0°C for 1.5 hour, the mixture was concentrated and residue was purified by HPLC (CH3CN/H20 gradient + 0.1% TFA) to give 8'-fluoro-6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1'H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'- naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] trifluoroacetate (40.48 mg, 55 %) LCMS m/z = 260.3 [M+1]+. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD) 5 0.77 (s 3H), 0.78-0.85 (m, 1H), 0.92 (S, 3H), 0.99-1.07 (m, 2H), 1.59-1.65 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.78 (m, 2H), 1.92 (dd, J = 13.3, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 1.98-2.01 (m, 1H), 3.40-3.53 (m, 3H), 4.30 (q, J = 16.6 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (dd, J = 13.9, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J = 8.3, 5.0 Hz, 1H).

Example 2 — Generation of Stable Cell Lines d DNA coding for a receptor of interest is produced using standard molecular biology tools. The plasmid typically contains a multi-cloning site where the coding sequence for the receptor of interest is inserted, a promoter to drive expression of the receptor when introduced into a host cell, and a resistance gene sequence that causes the host cell to produce a protein that confers antibiotic resistance. A ly used promoter is the cytomegalovirus promoter (CMV), and a ly used resistance gene is the neo gene that s resistance to neomycin. The plasmid DNA is introduced into parental cells (commonly used cell lines include CHO-Kl and ) using s such as lipofection or electroporation. Cells are then allowed to recover in culture for 1-2 days. At this point, a selection agent (e.g., neomycin if the expression plasmid ned the neo gene) is added to the cell e media at a concentration sufficient to kill any cells that did not uptake the plasmid DNA and therefore have not become neomycin resistant.

Since transient transfection is an efficient method to introduce plasmid DNA into cells, many cells in the culture will initially display neomycin resistance. Over the course of a few cell divisions, expression of proteins d by the plasmid is typically lost and most cells will eventually be killed by the antibiotic. However, in a small number of cells, the plasmid DNA may become randomly integrated into the chromosomal DNA. If the plasmid DNA becomes ated in a way that allows ued expression of the neo gene, these cells become permanently resistant to neomycin. Typically, after culturing the transfected cells for two weeks, most of the ing cells are those that have integrated the plasmid in this manner.

The resulting stable pool of cells is highly geneous, and may express vastly different levels of receptor (or no receptor at all). While these types of cell populations may provide functional responses when ated with riate agonists to the receptor of interest, they are typically not suitable for careful pharmacological studies in view of receptor reserve effects caused by high expression levels.

Clonal cell lines are therefore derived from this cell population. The cells are plated in multi- well plates at a density of one cell per well. After cell plating, the plates are inspected and wells containing more than one cell are rejected. The cells are then cultured for a period of time and those that continue to divide in the presence of neomycin are eventually expanded into larger culture vessels until there are sufficient cells for evaluation.

Evaluation of Cells Numerous methods can be used to evaluate the cells. Characterization in onal assays may reveal that some cells exaggerate the potencies and efficacies of agonists, likely indicating the presence of a receptor e. The ation of cell membranes for evaluation in radioligand binding assays allows for quantitative determination of membrane receptor densities. Evaluation of cell e receptor density may also be performed by flow cytometry using antibodies to the receptor or an epitope tag that can be engineered into the receptor, typically at the N-terminus for GPCRs. The flow cytometry method allows one to determine if the clonal cell population expresses the receptor in a homogenous manner (which would be expected) and quantitate relative expression levels between each clonal cell population. However, it does not provide absolute receptor expression levels.

If the cell line is intended to be free of receptor reserve effects, receptor expression should be low (relative to other clones evaluated) and homogeneous (if flow cytometry evaluation is possible). In functional assays, a suitable clone will e agonist potencies that are lower than other clones (i.e., higher EC50 values). If partial agonists are available, the absence of or reserve will be reflected in low efficacies relative to full agonists, whereas cells with higher or expression levels will exaggerate partial agonist efficacies. In cells expressing high receptor levels, partial agonists may no longer y efficacies lower than full agonists.

If agents that irreversibly bind to or covalently interact with the or of st are available, treatment of cell lines that contain no receptor reserve should reduce the available receptor density ed by radioligand binding and may reduce the magnitude of functional responses to ts. However, the reduction of receptor density should occur without producing reductions in agonist potencies or partial agonist efficacies.

Example 3: Membrane Preparations for Radioligand Binding Assays.

For the compounds of Table A, the following procedure was used. HEK293 cells stably expressing inant 5-HT2 receptors were harvested, suspended in ice-cold phosphate ed saline, pH 7.4 (PBS), and then centrifuged at 48,000 g for 20 min at 4 OC. The resulting cell pellet was then re-suspended in wash buffer containing 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4 and 0.1 mM EDTA, homogenized on ice using a Brinkman Polytron, and centrifuged (48,000 g for 20 min at 4 OC). The pellet was then resuspended in 20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, homogenized on ice, and fuged (48,000 g for 20 min at 4 OC). Crude membrane pellets were stored at -80 0C until used for radioligand binding assays.

Example 4: igand Binding Assay.

For the compounds of Table A, the following procedure was used. Radioligand binding assays were performed using the commercially available 5-HT2 receptor agonist [1251]DOI as the radioligand and nonspecific binding was determined in the presence of unlabeled DOI at a ting concentration of 10 nM. Competition experiments utilized 5-HT2 or expressing HEK293 cell membranes obtained as described in e 3 (15-25 Mg membrane protein/well) and radioligand at final assay concentrations of 0.4 to 0.6 nM. ments comprised addition of 95 uL of assay buffer (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgClz), 50 uL of membranes, 50 uL of radioligand stock, and 5 uL of test compound diluted in assay buffer to 96-well microtiter plates, which were then incubated for 1 h at room temperature. Assay incubations were terminated by rapid tion h PerkinElmer F/C filtration plates under reduced pressure using a 96-well Packard filtration apparatus, followed by washing three times with ice cold assay buffer. Plates were then dried at 45 0C for a minimum of 2 h.

Finally, 25 uL of BetaScintTM scintillation cocktail was added to each well and the plates were counted in a Packard TopCount® scintillation counter. In each competition study, test compounds were dosed at ten concentrations with triplicate determinations at each test concentration.

The observed DOI Binding Ki values for several compounds of Table A at 5-HT2C, 5-HTZB, and -HT2A receptors are listed in Table B.

D01 Binding Ki (11M) Com ound Number 2n eluting enantiomer in example 1.1 0.708 ——M- The compounds of Table A that were tested had DOI Binding Ki values ranging from about 0.71 nM to about 105 nM in this assay. e 5: IP Accumulation .

HEK293 cells expressing recombinant 5-HT2 receptors were added to sterile poly-D-lysine- coated 96-well microtiter plates (35,000 cells/well) and labeled with 0.6 uCi/well of [3H]inositol in sitol-free DMEM for 18 h. Unincorporated [3H]inositol was removed by aspiration and replaced with fresh myoinositol-free DMEM supplemented with LiCl (10 mM final) and pargyline (10 uM final). Serially diluted test nds were then added and incubation was conducted for 2 h at 37 OC.

Incubations were then terminated by lysing cells with the addition of ice-cold 0.1 M formic acid followed by freezing at -80 0C. After thawing, total [3H]inositol ates were resolved from [3H]inositol using AGl-X8 ion exchange resin (Bio-Rad) and [3H]inositol phosphates were measured by scintillation counting using a Perkin Elmer TopCount® scintillation counter. All EC50 inations were performed using 10 different concentrations and triplicate inations were made at each test concentration. The observed IP Accumulation EC50 values for several compounds of Table A at 5-HT2 receptors are listed in Table C.

Table C IP Accumulation EC50 (nM) Compound Number 2C 2A 2B 101 2040 > 100000 > 100000 1st eluting enantiomer in example 1.8 > 100000 > 100000 > 100000 119 391 > 100000 > 100000 121 222 > 100000 > 100000 1St eluting enantiomer in example 1.9 4860 > 100000 > 100000 128 108 > 100000 284 130 5 .2 1 465 967 131 83.5 > 100000 > 100000 2n g enantiomer in example 1.1 7.6 12400 1600 The compounds of Table A that were tested had IP Accumulation EC50 values at the 5-HT2C receptor g from about 5.2 nM to about 44 uM (with the exception of the 1st eluting enantiomer in example 1.8 in Table C) in this assay.

Example 6: Effect of Compounds on Food Intake in the Male Sprague Dawley Rat.

Male Sprague Dawley rats (225 -300 g) were housed three per cage in a ature and humidity controlled environment (12 h: 12 h lightzdark cycle, lights on at 0600 h). At 1600 h on the day before the test, rats were placed in fresh cages and food was removed. On test day, rats were placed into individual cages with grid floors at 1000 h with no access to food. At 1130 h, rats (n = 8) were administered either vehicle (20% hydroxypropyl-B-cyclodextrin) or test compound via oral gavage (PO, 1 mL/kg, with an amount of 2 mg/Kg or 10 mg/Kg of test compound) 30 min prior to food presentation.

Food intake was measured at 60 min after drug administration (30 min after food presentation).

As shown in Figure 1, cumulative food intake icantly decreased relative to placebo 1 hour following administration of the 2nd eluting enantiomer in example 1.1 at 2 mg/kg, 5 mg/kg, and 10 mg/kg.

Other uses of the sed methods will become apparent to those in the art based upon, inter alia, a reView of this patent document.

Claims (42)

1. A compound selected from compounds of Formula A, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula A wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, halogen, O-C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; X is O or ); Y is O or C(R6R7); wherein if X is O, Y is (CR6R7); R4 and R5 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; or R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to ered carbocyclic ring; R6 and R7 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more ns, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon ting them form a 3- to 6-membered yclic carbocyclic ring; R8 and R9 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl ally substituted with one or more halogens, or halogen.

2. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from compounds of Formula I, and pharmaceutically able salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula I wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more ns, halogen, O-C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R2 and R3 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; R4 and R5 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered yclic carbocyclic ring; or R2 and R5 are each H and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to ered carbocyclic ring; R6 and R7 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more ns, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring; R8 and R9 are each independently H, C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens, or halogen.

3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, wherein R1 is H, , ethyl, fluorine, ne, e, methoxy, cyclopropyl, O-C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or C1-C6 alkyl substituted with one or more halogens.

4. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R2 and R3 are each independently H, methyl, C1- C6 alkyl optionally substituted with one or more ns, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl.

5. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

6. The compound of claim 5, wherein R2 and R3 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

7. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 6, n X is CR4R5 and R4 and R5 are each independently H, methyl, C1-C6 alkyl optionally tuted with one or more halogens, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl.

8. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein X is CR4R5 and R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

9. The compound of claim 8, wherein R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

10. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is CR4R5, R2 and R5 are each H, and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 3- to ered carbocyclic ring.

11. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is CR4R5, R2 and R5 are each H, and R3 and R4 taken together with the carbons connecting them form a 5-membered yclic ring.

12. The nd of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein Y is CR6R7 and R6 and R7 are each H.

13. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein Y is CR6R7 and R6 and R7 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered yclic carbocyclic ring.

14. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein R8 and R9 are each independently H or halogen.

15. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from compounds of Formula Ia, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ia wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, 6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken er with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

16. The compound of claim 15, n the compound of Formula Ia is selected from compounds of a Ia-i, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ia-I.

17. The compound of claim 15, wherein the nd of Formula Ia is selected from compounds of Formula Ia-ii, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ia-ii.

18. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from compounds of Formula Ib, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ib wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic yclic ring; n is 1, 2, 3, or 4.

19. The compound of claim 18, wherein the nd of Formula Ib is selected from compounds of Formula Ib-i, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ib-I.

20. The compound of claim 18, wherein the compound of Formula Ib is selected from compounds of a Ib-ii, and pharmaceutically able salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ib-ii.

21. The compound of claim 2, wherein the compound of Formula I is selected from compounds of Formula Ic, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, es, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ic wherein: R1 is selected from: H, C1-C6 alkyl, halogen, O-C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; each R2 is the same and is C1-C6 alkyl or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; R4 and R5 are the same and each is H, C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C8 cycloalkyl; or R4 and R5 taken together with the carbon connecting them form a 3- to 6-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

22. The compound of claim 21, n the compound of Formula Ic is selected from compounds of Formula Ic-i, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ic-i.

23. The compound of claim 21, wherein the compound of Formula Ic is selected from compounds of a Ic-ii, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates thereof: Formula Ic-ii.

24. The compound of any one of claims 15 to 23, wherein R1 is H, , ethyl, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methoxy, or cyclopropyl.

25. The compound of any one of claims 15 to 23, n R4 and R5 are the same and each is H or methyl.

26. The compound of any one of claims 15 to 23, wherein R4 and R5 taken er with the carbon connecting them form a 3-membered spirocyclic carbocyclic ring.

27. The compound of any one of claims 18 to 20, n n is 1.

28. The compound of any one of claims 21 to 23, wherein each R2 is the same and is methyl.

29. The compound of claim 1, wherein X is O and Y is C(R6R7).

30. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the following compounds, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, solvates, and hydrates f: 8'-ethyl-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 101); 6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] (Compound 102); ,6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] (Compound 103); (R)-6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] (Compound 104); 8'-fluoro-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 105); 8-bromo-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 106); 1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 107); 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclobutane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]- azepine] (Compound 108); 8-bromo-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 109); (S)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 110); ro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 111); (R)-7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] (Compound 112); (R)-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8- epine] und 113); (S)-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8- cd]-azepine] (Compound 114); (S)-7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] (Compound 115); 8'-methyl-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine (Compound 116); 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclohexane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 117); (7aR)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 118); 8'-fluoro-6',6'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] (Compound 119); opropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 120); 7',7'-dimethyl-2',3',4',4a',5',7'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-naphtho[1,8- cd]azepine] (Compound 121); (R)-7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 122); (S)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 123); (S)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 124); (R)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 125); 8-methoxy-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 126); 8-cyclopropyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 127); 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 128); 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopentane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]- azepine] und 129); 2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"-naphtho[1,8-cd]- e] (Compound 130); 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclobutane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 131); (7aS)-5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 132); (R)-8'-fluoro-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] (Compound 133); (S)-8'-fluoro-2',3',4',4a',5'-pentahydro-1’H-dispiro[cyclopropane-1,6'-cyclopropane-7',1"- naphtho[1,8-cd]-azepine] und 134); 7,7-dimethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 135); (R)-2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopropane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 136); 2',3',4',4a',5',6'-hexahydro-1’H-spiro[cyclopentane-1,7'-naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine] (Compound 137); 8-fluoro-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,7-octahydronaphtho[1,8-cd]azepine (Compound 138); 1,1-dimethyl-3,3a,4,5,6,7-hexahydro-1H-isochromeno[5,4-cd]azepine (Compound 139); 5,6,7,7a,8,8a,9,10,11,11a-decahydro-4H-cyclopenta[5,6]naphtho[1,8-cd]azepine und 140).

31. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

32. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 or the composition of claim 31 in the manufacture of a medicament for decreasing food intake in an individual in need thereof.

33. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 or the composition of claim 31 in the manufacture of a medicament for inducing y in an individual in need thereof.

34. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 or the composition of claim 31 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of obesity in an individual in need thereof.

35. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 or the composition of claim 31 in the cture of a medicament for weight management in an dual in need thereof.

36. The use of any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the medicament is formulated for an individual that is an obese patient with an initial body mass index ≥ 30 kg/m2.

37. The use of any one of claims 32 to 35, wherein the medicament is formulated for an individual that is an overweight patient with an initial body mass index ≥ 27 kg/m2 in the presence of at least one weight related comorbid condition.

38. The use of claim 37, wherein said weight d co-morbid condition is selected from: hypertension, dyslipidemia, cardiovascular disease, glucose intolerance and sleep apnea.

39. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 or the ition of claim 31 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of type 2 diabetes in an individual in need thereof.

40. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 or the composition of claim 31 in the cture of a medicament for the treatment of drug and l addiction in an individual in need thereof.

41. Use of a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 or the composition of claim 31 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a seizure disorder in an individual in need thereof, n said seizure disorder is epilepsy or Dravet syndrome.

42. A process for preparing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising admixing a compound of any one of claims 1 to 30 and a pharmaceutically able carrier.